Join 9,500+ other subscribers

Expert analysis that helps your team make better branding decisions and build a more resilient business.

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss how early (or late?) your brewery should consider jumping on a trend.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2025 Beer Branding Trends Review

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/085-how-soon-should-your-brewery-jump-on-a-trend/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss how your brewery can future proof your flagships.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2025 Beer Branding Trends Review

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/085-how-to-future-proof-your-flagships/
CODO’s 2025 Beer Branding Trends Review is Live!
VOL. 085

CODO's 2025 Beer Branding Trends Review is out now!

Good morning!

I'm excited to share CODO's 2025 Beer Branding Trends Review with you. 

This is our annual deep dive on what we see shaping the beer and Bev Alc space (from a branding perspective) right now.

1. Read the report here.

2. If audio is more your speed, Cody and I recorded a companion podcast that serves as high-level overview of this piece. Listen to that here.





As a thank you for being a subscriber, we've pulled out 4 specific portions of this report and sending them to your inbox only over the coming weeks.

These issues include:

1. How to future proof your flagships (April 8)

2. How soon should your brewery jump on a trend? (April 22)

3. Is a cannabis beverage right for your brewery? (May 6)

4. How Legacy Breweries can sell more beer (May 20)

These issues are newsletter exclusives, meaning they won't be published in our broader report.

So you can brag to your colleagues who aren't BBT subscribers about how much more informed you are on all things beer branding and marketing. 

Or you can just use these insights to build a stronger brand and outcompete them. (Your call.)



If you're reading this, then you don't have to do anything to receive these exclusive emails — you're already in.

If you'd like to make sure your team member(s) receive these exclusive insights, please forward this email to them (or have them subscribe here).



We're also planning to record a Q&A podcast on this year's report in a month or so.

Please email me any questions you have on anything we cover here and we'll field those on the show.



Here's an outline for this year's report:

Section 1: Brewery Brand & Portfolio Strategy

Why are breweries rebranding right now?
 Sales are flat
 Things are going well and you want to capitalize on that momentum 
 “It’s just time”
 Rebranding ahead of an important Brand Architecture move
 Cleaning up a poorly performing previous rebrand 


How Legacy Breweries can sell more beer – (BBT Newsletter Exclusive) 
• How can you court lapsed fans and younger drinkers?
• Define your Brand Strategy to get a lay of the land 
• Define your Key Communication Pillars (and your brand voice & personality)
• Move beyond table stakes 
• Consider Co-branding: A tactical way of authentically connecting your brand to a region 
• Build Sub Brands (and have a broader focus on your Brand Architecture)
• Consider a brand and package Refresh (you gotta knock the dust off)


Package refreshes are trending as a lower cost investment
• What is a package refresh? 
Package refresh vs. a deeper rebrand: On weighing risk vs. reward 
Cost is subjective
How big a swing can you take?
• When your equity calls for a refresh
Brand Strategy (to invest or not to invest?)
Where these projects can falter
Make sure you don’t need to solve a Brand problem 
When should you plan your next refresh? 


How to future proof your flagships – (BBT Newsletter Exclusive) 
• Flagship beer brands (think Beyond Beer)
• Branded House vs. Sub Brands
• Can you scale the Sub Brand Ladder?
• How to safely leverage your Brand Equity (how far to extend brand)
• Can you use scarcity as a nudge? 
• Plan for continual refreshes
• On sustainability as positioning
• Invest in storytelling and content marketing 
• Remember what you’re *actually* selling


Dialing in your seasonals
• Can a seasonal be pressed into a year-round offering?
• How should you differentiate your seasonal packaging from your flagships?
• Highlight that these are Limited Time Only (LTO) products  

 

Style names as a positioning tool 
• The evolving role of style names
• Meet your consumers where they are
 

A renewed focus on the on-premise
• Shifting hours & your taproom’s role in people’s lives 
• Something for everyone 
• Conclusion: Connecting off-premise with on-premise 
• A shift towards hospitality
• Your brewery’s brand should precede you

Section 2: Brand Architecture 
 

Sub Brand use cases
• What is a Sub Brand?
• Sub Brand use case #1: Bridging into the Fourth Category 
• Sub Brand use case #2: Building a budget line 
• Sub Brand use case #3: Creating a brand that can travel

 

How soon should you jump on a trend? – (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)
• Brand Architecture 
• Where are you located?
• Is there an 800-pound gorilla in the segment yet? 
• Are you passionate about this category? 
• Could you give it a slow boil?
• Remember the Law of Category
 

House of Brands
• What is a House of Brands? 
• Highly targeted niche audiences / protect parent brand
• Building a House of Brands can be challenging for smaller breweries 
• A House of Brands is costly to build 
• Capacity, capacity, capacity
• Wrapping up: People aren’t stupid

Section 3: Beer & Beyond (Beverage Trends)
 

The Year of Lager
• Lager is easy
• Lager is nostalgic
• Lager is big business
• Lager can be a lifestyle brand platform 
• Lager gets cold 
• Food for thought: Old school "babe-centric" advertising
• Lager: It’s brand (and personality, and Sub Brands) all the way down

 

Small beers. Big opportunity?

 

The rising importance of fruit & flavor-forward beers

 

Hard Cider, Revisited
• On apples and provenance (does this scale? does it have to?)
• Who's drinking Hard Cider? (my anecdotal fieldwork from across the country)
• On Brand Architecture 
• On Cider's gluten-free claim (mind the "Positioning Trap")


Should your brewery launch a Cannabis beverage? – (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)
• A note on early adoption
• On Brand Architecture
• Built to sell (the real opportunity at hand)
• On Cannabis IP (how to protect what you build)
• Cannabis-infused beer vs. a canna-beverage

 

Non-alcoholic beer, canned water & hop water 

Section 4: Branding & Package Design Trends
 

Bifurcation 

Retro keeps marching on

We’re headed out west 

Mascots, Pt. 3 

The occult

Dimensional shading 

Around the Shop

[Podcast] 2025 Beer Branding Trends Overview

Here's a fun companion podcast that Cody and I recorded that covers everything we see shaping the beer and Bev Alc industry right now.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/codos-2025-beer-branding-trends-review-is-live/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss CODO Design’s expansive 2025 Beer Branding Trend Review.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2025 Beer Branding Trends Review

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/codo-design-2025-beer-branding-trends-report-overview/
[Case study] How We Rebranded Wachusett Brewing Co.
VOL. 084

How can a Legacy Brewery recruit new drinkers without losing long time fans along the way?

Hi, there.

A few quick admin items: 

1. You can read this case study over on our site for a more immersive experience.  

2. We recorded a podcast with Rob Day on what went into Wachusett’s rebrand. Rob is one of the best marketers in the beer industry, so do yourself a favor and listen in for more background context on this revamp.

Okay, let’s get to it.





Wachusett Brewing was founded in 1994 in the beautiful Westminster, Massachusetts countryside (“Central Mass” in local parlance). In their early years, they became known for making better beer than the other Craft microbrewed offerings available in the region. This led to a lot of growth through the 90s and 2000s, up through the start of the beer boom in 2010.

Wachusett is a fun, legacy brand. They’re known for hosting raucous outdoor music festivals at the brewery. And above all, they’re known for their flagship Blueberry Ale, a lovely, fruited beer that drinks well year-round. 

While Wachusett had a head start on the thousands of other breweries that came after them, they weren’t immune from the market challenges that arose from those same entrants.  

We can fast forward here and hit some highlights to bring you up to current day: 

– Through the 2010s, Wachusett’s sales grew to nearly 70,000 bbl (2018) before cratering to ~15,000 (2024).

– In 2021, the founders sold the company to another group. 

– This group then rebranded Wachusett. 

– This move had zero impact on the sales front.

– In early 2024, Finestkind (the owners of Smuttynose and Five Boroughs Brewing) acquired the brand. 

And here we are. 

After getting their feet under them, one of Finestkind’s first orders of business was to refresh Wachusett’s brand identity in a bid to regain the volume they lost over the last decade. 

They partnered with CODO for this project and I’m excited to walk you through that entire process today. 

Let’s start by examining one of the most important things any Legacy Brewery needs to consider when embarking on a revamp: How to (or not to) evolve its Brand Equity. 

(Above): Wachusett's early brand identity and packaging. 


 

Brand Equity vs. visual equity 

One of the first things CODO does when rebranding a brewery (Legacy, or otherwise), is review all of their historic packaging. We do this to get a sense of how the brand has evolved over the years so we can 1) logically evolve the identity if that makes sense, and 2) see if there’s anything magic hiding in the archives. 

In reviewing Wachusett’s original brand identity and packaging, we found that everything was pretty much par for a brewery that came to market in the 90s. Homespun labels consisting of inelegant images and clunky typography abound. This was so long ago that it doesn’t warrant critique. (And besides, there's a certain charm that usually comes with beer branding from this era.)

But while there was a certain charm here, interestingly — quizzically? — we found that there weren’t actually any strong visual elements that defined the brand. It was all bland enough that nothing stuck out. (The fact that they grew as big as they did at their peak is a testament to their beer itself and how the brewery enmeshed itself throughout New England.)

(Above): Wachusett's latest (pre-rebrand) packaging.


 

All of this added up to one of the most interesting situations we’ve seen in nearly 16 years of business. 

This is a 30+ year old brewery with no visual equity to speak of. Out of everything we reviewed, we only found these elements were worth retaining and exploring:

– The arched typography 

– The barn (while not historic, this has been around for a minute (since their previous rebrand), so there is some familiarity in the market place. Plus, it speaks to their broader positioning in a compelling way. More on this in a sec.)

That’s it for visual equity. But what Wachusett lacks in visual equity, it more than makes up for in Brand Equity. 

> Learn more about how we think about Visual vs. Brand Equity here

We highlighted this up top, but the brewery is known for fun outdoor concerts, the beautiful Central Mass countryside (and all the fun activities that come along with that) and Blueberry Ale. 

Wachusett’s Blueberry Ale is such an important part of their business that this entire project revolved around its packaging. This is a monster brand — comprising ~85% of their sales — so this packaging was every bit as important as their brand identity itself. And the real opportunity at hand is for Wachusett to completely own the blueberry / fruited-beer segment throughout New England.



With these messaging and visual parameters in place, we rolled right into art direction. 

(Above): A quick look at Wachusett’s 2021 rebrand. We heard near universally negative feedback on this work during our initial research, including such doozies as, “It lost its soul,” and, “It’s too sterile,” and, “The packaging is abysmal.” (Ouch.) 



 

Art Directing Wachusett’s rebrand 

At this point, we shift gears and start to explore how all of these ideas can come to life visually. Through this, we explored three big ideas that came from our conversations with Wachusett’s distributors, retailers and the Finestkind team. 

Red Barn Romanticism: Centers around the rustic, pastoral central Massachusetts countryside. This would feature faded colors, worn textures and nostalgic farmers market iconography.

Boot Stompin’ Good Time: Celebrates the idea of enjoying live music and drinking beer with the sun in your face. This would feature expressive, fun typography and illustrations you might find on screen printed concert gig posters. 

Outdoors Escape: Positions Wachusett as a companion for all of your central Mass outdoors adventures. Fill your cooler with Blueberry Ale and spend the day kayaking, catching bass and hiking beautiful old growth forests.





While all of these ideas were true, and appropriate for Wachusett, the second direction was the most fitting. The first concept left out the important idea of outdoors music and fun, while the third direction pushed into the overly-trod outdoors trope you find throughout craft beer. (How many outdoorsy beer brands can you think of in your market?)

"Boot Stomping' Good Time" meshed well with Wachusett's existing “Commonwealth Country” Essence. This allowed for a blending of the first and second mood boards into a nice mash up that felt authentic and defensible from a positioning standpoint. 

From here, we begin sketching.

Initial sketching 

We explored two fully-developed directions consisting of a Modular Brand Identity system and packaging concepts for Wachusett’s #1 and #2 brands, Blueberry and Wally. 

The identity options each explored the arched typography in their own way, and the supporting iconography fleshed out a handful of other compelling claims we framed during our up front conversations, things like:

– “Catch a good time” (tagline)

– Bringing the barn back (in some form)

– “Every season is blueberry season” (vs. “It’s always blueberry season”)

– “Around here since 1994” (one of my favorite lines we’ve ever developed)

Direction 1 leaned more into the rustic, textured farmers market aesthetic you’ll find throughout Central Mass, while the second direction leaned into the warm, expressive typography you find on screen printed gig posters.

All of this work was well received, but the real star of the show — the reason we’re all working on this — was the packaging revamp itself. So let’s discuss that now.

Blueberry 

Each packaging direction followed its respective brand identity’s look and feel. The first direction looked like something hand painted on a country-side U-Pick operation. 

The second direction presented a much bigger leap from where Blueberry has historically been. Here, we’re intentionally positioning the brand to look less like a beer and more like a more mainstream CPG beverage. 

This was by design. 

This brand has an opportunity to continue speaking to Wachusett loyalists, while reaching beyond the beer aisle and grabbing people who are interested in familiar flavors and experiences, but may not otherwise know, or care, that much about Craft Beer. 

> We discussed this tension, and the resulting conversation the Finestkind team had in our podcast with Rob. This segment starts around the 28 minute mark. Listen to that here.

This can easily spin into a deeper conversation about where the beer and Bev Alc industry is headed right now, so I’ll cut it short and offer that this direction is a move meant to meet a potential customer right where they are. Be that at a grocery store, a liquor store, a C-store or digging around in a battered old cooler tucked up in the shade on a sand bar on a river day). 

This is a blueberry beer. Period. 

We don’t need to worry about style names and IBUs and SRM and all that traditional Craft Beer baggage.

If you like Blueberries, then give this a shot.

Wally (Navigating an esoteric brand name)

Wachusett’s #2 brand is a New England IPA named Wally. I would’ve mentioned this up top, but wanted to call it out specifically down here. 

(If the challenge of figuring out how to work around an esoteric brand name doesn’t apply to your brewery, skip ahead to the revisions section. If this does interest you, here are some more strategies for combatting this issue.)

Okay, Wally gets its name from the founder of the iconic Airstream Trailer, Wally Barnes. The Wachusett founders were fans of Airstreams, so they named their beer after Mr. Barnes.

What does all of this have to do with Wachusett Brewing? Or Central Massachusetts? Or live music in the sun? Or, anything at all relevant to craft microbrewed beer?

These are all great questions. 

Nothing. (The answer is nothing.)

This is just an esoteric name that was floated at one point, and then stuck due to the beer itself becoming popular. (I'm sure that's happened at your brewery a time or two over the years.)

We briefly discussed the merits of rolling their entire portfolio over to a Monolithic Branded House to follow the Wachusett Blueberry nomenclature, so Wally could become Wachusett Juicy IPA, etc. But the Finestkind team kiboshed this idea because we were already making some substantial changes. And there is equity in this name, plus a good deal of existing sales volume and maybe a good story to spin. So even though keeping this name in the mix might not be as cohesive as it could be, the risk of jettisoning it altogether was worse.

Okay, so we’ve got this name. So should we, uhh, put an Airstream on this can? Or a woodcut illustration of Wally Barnes himself? (And gird ourselves for the inevitable C&D that would come from that…)

Nah. 

Instead, the Wachusett team suggested we humanize Wally. Instead of some bygone founder, he's a carefree regular guy who likes to cut loose on the weekends. He’s your trusted local mechanic. Or that old friend who you can pick up right where you left off, no matter how much time has passed since you last spoke. 

We landed on a fun name patch exploration to speak to this, and love it. It’s blue collar and approachable and friendly and it pairs well with the new Blueberry can design.

Revisions

I’ll skip right to the point here. The Finestkind team fell in love with the second direction, almost lock, stock and barrel. 

There were a few items from the first direction they wanted to see incorporated into the final identity, so our revisions mostly centered around getting all of those assets brought in line with the second direction and squared away for production.

We made our requisite million changes that no one will ever notice (kerning, subtly shifting the color palette, adjusting grit levels, etc.). And we focused on developing a few other supporting icons that highlight Wachusett’s history. 

(Again, this line, “Around here since 1994” is one of my favorite things to come out of this process.

Wrapping up

At this point in the process, we wrapped up Wachusett’s brand identity and style guide while their in-house team took our packaging concepts and continued revising internally. All of this work was completed on a super tight timeline in order to reintroduce the Wachusett brand to their distributors during ABP season. 

I’m happy to report that this new direction was resoundingly well-received internally, including amongst Wachusett old timers and during a handful of critical ABP presentations. 

That means this new look is rolling out as we speak in Massachusetts and across all of New England, and should be fully out in the market by Spring 2025. 

Here are a few snapshots of major placements that are happening behind the scenes. (It's always fun seeing these roll in.)

Shoutout to the Barrel One sales team for grinding it out and earning tons of important new PODs during the launch period.

A few big takeaways (because this case study isn’t already long enough…) 

1. Your visual and Brand Equity are important elements of your rebrand. If you’re thinking about revamping your brewery’s identity, you need to honor where your brand has been, but only if this helps you steer the business where you want to take it. 

2. Email me with the subject line Blueberry. The 7th and 21st person to do so will each win a free copy of our Craft Beer, Rebranded book bundle. 

3. There will be a lot of Legacy beer brands on the market in the coming years. If your team is built for it, there will be some fun opportunities to build a larger portfolio with this IP. Stay tuned for a larger series exploring this idea this summer. 

4. And finally, the beer industry is facing a rapidly changing market. And we all need to work hard to ensure that we’re actively speaking to new drinkers, whether that’s lapsed fans or a newly LDA twenty-something. In either case, style names, highlighting a beer’s flavor and familiarity itself are all compelling levers you can tinker with to reach out to new folks, bring them into the fold and sell more beer.

Around the Shop

We're presenting at CBC

CODO is speaking at CBC this year in Indy (our home town!). 

We’ll be giving a seminar called: 

When (and When Not) to Rebrand Your Brewery: How to Evolve Your Brand Without Losing Fans Along the Way

This will be a fun conversation on the different ways your brewery can revamp its brand to stay relevant in the long term.

We’re going to cover:

– When you should (and should not) rebrand
– How to define your visual and Brand Equity
– How to assign value to these ideas
– Three different ways you can revamp your brand (Rebrand, Brand Refresh, Package Refresh)

+

– How to launch your rebrand (without alienating long term fans)

We are so (so, so, SO) excited about this. Looking forward to meeting dozens of clients, showing off our new office and taking you all the best local breweries.

Let me know if you'll be in Indy.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/case-study-how-we-rebranded-wachusett-brewing-co/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down with Rob Day to discuss how CODO rebranded the Massachusetts legacy brand, Wachusett Brewing.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Rebranding Wachusett Brewing [Case study]

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/083-how-we-rebranded-wachusett-brewing-feat-rob-day/
You should be making hard cider. Here’s why.
VOL. 083

Another look at why we think Hard Cider has nothing but runway ahead of it

Hi, there.

Cody and I just got back from CiderCon in Chicago. (Think Craft Brewers Conference but for cideries.) 

We were there giving a presentation on how cideries can use Brand Architecture to scale their brands. And we had a great time — we met a few clients and friends, discussed several new projects and drank loads of lovely cider from all over the world. 

Today, I want to discuss a handful of topics we heard at the conference as well as what we’re seeing in our hard cider branding work as of late. 

The last time we discussed hard cider here on BBT, we received some push back because we wrote about it through the lens of breweries making cider as a fourth category beverage. 

This push back — really from just a few folks — came entirely from people who work in cider. I think they were offended that I suggested an outsider make cider.

Point taken. 

I’ll keep today’s thoughts more broadly applicable, so the pommeliers out there get as much out of this as the brewers. 

Good? Let’s get to it.

(Above): Shoutout to Shacksbury Cider out of Vermont. This outfit always has super fun package design. 


 

1

On apples and provenance ( Does this scale? Does it have to? )

Provenance has always been an important value prop in craft beverage.

And cider has a leg up on beer in this regard because you can point to physical orchards  — and trees and dirt and bees and baskets and tractors and old farm dogs, all of it — to tell your story. 

This is wonderful. So if you have it, and if it suits your positioning, flaunt it. 

Anything that gives consumers a frame of reference for why your products are different should be explored. 

However, the current winners in cider — Schilling, Blake’s, Two Towns, Angry Orchard, et al. — don’t hang their hats on this exclusively. It’s certainly a part of their story, where relevant, but looking at their packaging shows a broader focus on CPG beverage cues. Namely, fruit and flavor and personality and vibes.

Cider brands that are crushing it right now are — similar to beer and RTDs and FMBs — leading with their brand and flavor above all else. 

This is an important trend to keep in mind if your cidery (or brewery) is thinking through how to appeal to a broader audience. Going broader means a bigger potential audience that is already drinking across category. So meet them where they are.

(Above): Schilling and Blake's fully (and successfully) embrace the CPG aesthetic over artisanal provenance. 


 

2

Who’s drinking hard cider? 

Broad brush time: A cider drinker is:

– Someone who drinks across category (beer, cider, NA, spirits, RTDs, etc.)

– Fairly gender neutral (though proportionately attracting more women than men compared to beer)

– More health conscious (not always, but generally)

– Someone who drinks cider for a health reason (gluten-free or reduced, etc.)

– Someone who enjoys flavor and sensory experience 

– Young-ish: Cider could reach LDA Gen Z folks as well as Millennials (and Gen Xers)

Findings from CODO field work (anecdotal) 

One of my favorite things to do when in a brewery taproom — whether for work or pleasure — is to ask servers and bartenders what they see people order most often. 

This is anecdotal, but it seems like every time I ask someone this question (when they serve cider), they mention it as a crowd favorite. Here are a collection of quotes I’ve gathered from recent rebrand kickoff interviews:

– “Wine drinkers gravitate towards our cider [because we don’t serve wine].”

– “We see a lot of wives order it. And gluten-free folks, of course.”

– “We actually see a lot of younger guys order it, particularly our dry cider.”

– “It’s [cider] a great answer to the question, “What do you have that isn’t beer?”

 

 

There’s an overlap with beer drinkers here. But don’t make the mistake of viewing your audience as monolithic. People have different tastes and preferences, and hard cider can be a great addition (particularly in the on-premise) if you’re not already making it.

(Above): Check out our AleSmith Hard Cider case study for a good look at how. brewery can step into this segment. And here's a companion podcast with Brandon and Kristen for more background context on why AleSmith felt right now was the time to get into cider. 


 

3

On Brand Architecture ( How should your cider relate, or not relate, to your parent brand?) 

This point is specific to breweries, or any non-cider concern that is considering entering the category. 

If you’re looking to launch a cider line, you've got several strategic options to consider. You could launch it as…

– A Brand Extension 

– A Sub Brand

– An Endorsed Brand

– An entirely new brand 

The choice here largely depends on your parent brand’s equity and positioning as well as your target market. If your brewery has strong recognition and trust, leveraging that existing brand might make sense. However, if you're targeting a distinctly different audience or want to avoid any potential confusion with your beer offerings, a separate brand might be the better path.

If you’ve been reading BBT for a while, none of this will be new to you. But here are a few refresher links on these topics, in case you’re actively planning a new brand launch:

The role of your parent brand in Brand Architecture

Brand Extensions vs. Sub Brands

Sub Brands vs Endorsed Brands 

Are fanciful named beers Sub Brands?

Is a House of Brands right for your brewery?

(Above): Our Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.) is a purpose-built diagnostic quiz for positioning, branding and launching your next beverage. 


 

4

On cider’s Gluten Free claim 

This value prop comes up every single time we work on a cider brand.

And I understand why. For people who are cutting back, or actually unable to ingest gluten, this is  a critical differentiator. 

And as we explored last time [LINK], the gluten free claim punches far above its weight and can cast a broader halo effect over the rest of your brand — Oh, this is gluten free. That must mean this is healthier than these other brands.

 

A caution: Mind the positioning trap

Positioning boils down to 3 main points: 

– What do you do / offer / make? 

– For whom (who is your intended audience?)

– And how you are meaningfully differentiated from your competition?

Your goal as a cider (or beer, spirits, XYZ beverage) brand is to land in the top 2 or 3 spots in someone’s head for a given category. 

Example: What brand comes to mind when you think of Non Alcoholic beer? How about canned water? How about hard tea? 

(YMMV depending on where you’re located, but if you’re here in America, I bet you answered Athletic, Liquid Death and Twisted Tea.)

From a consumer standpoint, positioning is how people categorize you in their mind. We can’t remember the names and differences between hundreds of options. We can’t even do that with dozens of options, it’s just not how we’re wired. (For fun, try to name 12 shampoo brands. I’ll wait.)

So we look for meaningful points of differentiation—story, value props, and how your brand will help me self-actualize and help me shape my own identity — as a way to categorize brands in our head. 

Back to gluten now…

If you lead with a gluten-free claim, that's exactly how people will categorize your brand. Not whatever story you're telling, or how your packaging looks, but as a gluten-free product. 

And here's where we need to think strategically about audience size and industry direction. Leading cider brands are increasingly positioning themselves with broader, more mainstream CPG approaches. They're speaking to wider audiences about lifestyle, taste and occasions — not hanging their hat on niche attributes.

When we look at audience size:

– Those who medically require gluten-free products represent a dedicated, but small segment

– Health-conscious consumers who prefer gluten-free options make up a larger, but still limited audience

– The total addressable market for cider drinkers is significantly larger than both these segments combined

This doesn't mean you should ignore the gluten-free attribute — it is still valuable (see the halo effect idea above). But consider it as part of your broader story rather than your primary positioning.

Think of it as a supporting proof point that reinforces your larger brand narrative, rather than the narrative itself.

Remember: Positioning is one of the most important ongoing exercises you engage in. While having unique claims like gluten-free can be tempting to lead with, make sure you're not inadvertently limiting your brand's potential by focusing too narrowly. 

The question isn't just "Can we claim this?" but rather "Does this claim help us reach and resonate with our largest possible audience?"

(Above): Not sure of the veracity here, but I've always loved this claim on Angry Orchard's packaging. Gives people a clear frame of reference for why they should buy the product. 


 

 

Where does hard cider go from here?

If you’ve listened to the BBT podcast, or seen us on stage at a conference, or taken a peek inside our office kegerator, you know how bullish CODO is on hard cider. I believe broader Bev Alc and consumer trends point to some bright days ahead for this segment. 

We see nothing but runway here (and actively shifting format rules, regulations and tax structures will make this more compelling in the immediate term as well).

With consumers increasingly seeking variety across category, cider is perfectly positioned for growth.

The key to success will be maintaining cider's craft credentials while making it more accessible and appealing to mainstream consumers — in more of a broader CPG play. Brands that can balance tradition with innovation, while delivering clear, compelling brand stories, will be best positioned to capture this growth.

Around the Shop

Sound off: Who will be at CBC in Indy?

CODO is speaking at CBC this year in Indy (our home town!). 

We’ll be giving a seminar called: 

When (and When Not) to Rebrand Your Brewery: How to Evolve Your Brand Without Losing Fans Along the Way

This will be a fun conversation on the different ways your brewery can revamp its brand to stay relevant in the long term.

We’re going to cover:

– When you should (and should not) rebrand
– How to define your visual and Brand Equity
– How to assign value to these ideas
– Three different ways you can revamp your brand (Rebrand, Brand Refresh, Package Refresh)

+

– How to launch your rebrand (without alienating long term fans)

We are so (so, so, SO) excited about this. Looking forward to meeting dozens of clients, showing off our new office and taking you all the best local breweries.

Let me know if you'll be in Indy. Come to our seminar and swing by our beautiful new office. 

[Case Study] How we helped AleSmith launch its first hard cider Brand Extension

Up top, I mentioned that I would keep this issue more neutral so non-breweries can get more out of it. But now that we're at the end, we can set that aside.

I think that (way) more breweries should consider adding a hard cider to their lineup. It checks so many boxes:

– It's delicious 
– It's not beer 
– It's wine-ish 
– It's healthy (enjoy that lovely apple halo effect)
– The 14th person to email me with the subject line Apples receives a free copy of The Beyond Beer Handbook 
– And licensing reqs are generally not as onerous as distilling (YMMV)

If you're interested in this idea, check out this case study on how CODO helped AleSmith position, brand and launch its first packaged hard cider (in its 30+ year history).

Happy 10 year anniversary to Fernson Brewing

Congrats to Derek and Blake and the entire Fernson team for recently hitting the 10 year mark. 

One of my favorite things about building CODO has been handling repeat work with folks.

We helped Fernson with the foundational branding back in 2013. A few years later, we tackled their first package design system. And just a year or so ago, we handled a major package refresh with them. It just builds and builds. 

Anyway, here’s an ooooold writeup we published about their branding. 

We don’t write stories like this anymore, but maybe we should. There are parts of this that are embarrassing (if not outright cringey), but I’ll leave it up as a snapshot of who Cody and I were back in 2013.

So hop in the Impala — there’s plenty of room — and drive across the country with us as we prepare to share branding concepts with Derek and Blake. 

And about 4 hours in, we suddenly ask ourselves what will happen if they don’t like the work…

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/you-should-be-making-hard-cider-heres-why/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss how to organize and prioritize different info types on your brewery’s packaging.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How to get your packaging hierarchy dialed in [ BBT Newsletter ]

2. Why are you refreshing your packaging?

3. Frame your brewery’s Brand Strategy, portfolio and Brand Architecture

4. Different info types you have to include + some nice-to-haves

5. Are you seeing “Stand-up Skinny” merchandising in your market?

6. We’re designing packaging to sell beer, not win awards.

7. Differences between primary and secondary packaging

8. On the merits of “duping” cans when not using a carton

9. Your carton’s bottom panel is not a junk drawer

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/082-how-to-dial-in-your-packaging-hierarchy/
How we Refreshed Malibu Brewing’s Packaging + a Huge Announcement
VOL. 082

A package refresh for one of California's fastest growing breweries 

***

Hi, there. 

1. For a more immersive experience, read this case study over on our site.

2. We recorded a podcast with Malibu Brewing founders, Ryan and Jill. Listen to that conversation here.


***


Malibu is quintessential California — stunning views where the mountains run into the sea. Gorgeous weather. Beautiful architecture. Sunkissed people surfing and hiking. The occasional movie star sighting. And again, the weather. 

Malibu has all of these wonderful things, but doesn't have a craft beer scene.

A small brewery called Malibu Brewing is working to change that, and by all measures, they’re doing a great job. 

Founded by Ryan and Jill Ahrens less than three years ago, they’ve already scaled to produce more than 1,300 barrels per year. And they’ve got ambitious goals. Not growth for the sake of growth, but smart, organic growth by doing things right and continuing to carve out a beer culture amongst a sea of tequila, wine and cannabis. 

An important element of this growth plan is a core package refresh. 

(Above): Yeah, yeah… Malibu's great. But have you been to Indiana?!?




In late 2023, the Malibu team reached out to CODO to discuss that package refresh, but a broader scope as well that included a Brand Strategy and Architecture review in a bid to shore up their overall identity ahead of this planned growth. 

Ryan and Jill have been gracious enough to let us give you a full behind the scenes look at this process. We’re going to explore a few big ideas in this case study:

– Malibu’s Brand Strategy and Brand Architecture mapping process. 

– Malibu’s paint points and opportunities.

– The nuts and bolts of their package refresh, including initial sketching, revisions, illustration and retail considerations.

Let’s get into it.

 (Above): Malibu's previous packaging.



 

Malibu’s Brand Architecture

Malibu Brewing has a lot of exciting things moving right now. And they wanted to properly organize their Brand Architecture ahead of some of these larger initiatives so they could pre-make some decisions.

A few things they wanted guidance on:

– If we were to acquire another brewery, how could we fold their brand under the Malibu banner? 

– If we were to open another brewery in Malibu, should we call this “Malibu Brewing” as well or develop a more localized, neighborhood name?

– If we were to launch a Hop Water (and other NA products), would this be a Malibu product, or should we create a separate Endorsed, if not entirely standalone lifestyle brand?

– Is Malibu Brewing a Craft Brewery, or a broader hospitality group?

– Does the Malibu name limit where we can take the brand? Does being from Malibu help, hurt or even matter to folks in Rancho Cucamonga (as an example)?



In working through these questions, we recommended Malibu build a Hybrid Brand Architecture Model with a Branded House foundation. This allows their core portfolio to continue growing and defining the beer scene in Malibu while also allowing their team to explore select products and categories over the coming years (e.g. Hop Water, hybrid beverages, a differentiated hard seltzer)

(Above): Malibu's Brand Architecture Map. Note the recommendations for potential Sub Brands based on their dialed in beer styles and names. Ryan and Jill walked through why they felt Brand Architecture was so valuable on our podcast.



 

Here are a handful of other interesting ideas we discussed through their Brand Strategy work:

 

Working against the craft beer stereotype 

Something we heard over and over in our initial field work was how surprised people were when they first stepped into Malibu’s taproom. 

We mentioned earlier that there’s not really a Craft Beer scene in Malibu. What this means for someone who wants to build a brewery there is that they’re working against an entrenched (and kinda true?) stereotype for what a brewery is — uninspired industrial space, uncomfortable furniture, poorly lit, no food, homogenous crowd, etc.

And if that’s not your vibe, you’ll just skip the entire scene.

Malibu Brewing bucks this stereotype with a gorgeous taproom. Right on the beach, Ryan and Jill have put every bit as much intention into their FF&E as they have their pilsner or hazy recipe. 

I wanted to highlight this idea here because this has been a crucial part of Malibu’s fast growth. And I believe more breweries should reimagine, and invest heavily in their taprooms and overall brand experience, if they want to attract new customers. 

(Above): Malibu's gorgeous taproom. (I always know a place is nice when I feel like I shouldn't be allowed in there.)




Is Malibu a brewery brand or a broader hospitality group?

I wanted to highlight this idea as well, because we’re seeing breweries across the country struggle with this. 

One question Malibu had going into his process was whether or not it made sense to create a separate hospitality brand ahead of their expansion. 

We’re Malibu Brewing now with one location. What happens when we open our second location in town? Or if we open a new taproom over in Rancho Cucamonga? Or if we open a cocktail bar? 

Our stance is that Malibu Brewing is a Craft Beer brand, albeit one with an outsized hospitality focus. We see a real opportunity to buck the negative craft beer tropes by blowing customers away with an unparalleled experience (everything from decor, to food and branding and package design and staff eduction and customer service).

While the hardcore craft beer fan may not be motivated by this alone, we think local folks who are new to craft (underserved demographics, younger LDA drinkers and even craft’s traditional demo of Millennials and Gen Xers who never caught the craft bug in the first place) will respond inordinately well to this approach. 

This issue — brewery vs. hospitality group — collided directly another important and timely question:


How well does the Malibu name travel?

Does a localized name (e.g. named after a place) limit where the brand can credibly go?

Does being from Malibu help, hurt or even matter to folks in Rancho Cucamonga? How about further away in Los Angeles?

Directly from our Brand Strategy document here:

We believe the Malibu brand (beautiful beach, scenery and people — an aspirational California getaway) is imminently exportable. 

We recommend you should own Malibu (the locale) completely. Carrying your name through to follow-on concepts will bolster your local bonafides as well as gird against any potential future competition. Regardless of how far you expand, owning the Malibu market will be crucial for your brand and business health. 

This means that satellite locations, even if across town, should be named Malibu Brewing Co., no different from your flagship location. Opening another location in Malibu proper will likely capture an entirely unique, hyper-local audience. For them, this is Malibu Brewing. So reinforce that. 

However, we recommend giving each location its own unique vibe, bespoke to the area. So different interior design features, murals, colors, furniture, fixtures, etc. You could also give them a fun, colloquial nickname (e.g. “Malibu North”). So even though the location flies under the Malibu banner, you won’t be perceived as a chain.

(Above): Brand Architecture played a crucial role in our Brand Strategy work with Malibu. Read The Beyond Beer Handbook for a full run down on everything you need to know about this topic and how you can use it to map out your brewery's portfolio. 



 

Art Direction & Mood Boarding  

From an art direction standpoint, several big ideas — Brand Essences — emerged from our conversations, stakeholder interviews and fieldwork.

The first, “Vacation in a 6-pack” spoke to Malibu in an expected way. This is as aspirational as it gets. A beautiful day on the beach. Phone turned off. The wind, the sand the sea. This direction sells Malibu as the brand. A nostalgic, sunny beach trip. 

The second and third directions “Craft Beer, Elevated,” and “Down-to-Earth Excellence” each spoke to the idea of quality, through their beer itself, but more importantly at the hospitality level. Malibu has a gorgeous taproom—it’s aesthetic and instagram worthy (without being overbearing). How can we capture this idea and pull it through to inform their packaging and broader marketing? 

How should your taproom inform your brand identity and packaging and vis versa?

After a few lively conversations, their final Brand Essence ended up centering around this idea of Approachable Elegance. 

This positions the Malibu Brewing brand as confident and intentional. Attentive to detail, but still laid back. Elevated, but grounded. Timeless, with just a touch of nostalgia.

With the Brand Strategy (positioning, messaging and Essence) and art direction (mood boards, brand voice and personality) all set, we moved right into the package design process. 

(Above): Malibu's Brand Strategy doc, including mood boards for collaborative art direction.



 

Malibu's Package Refresh 

Malibu’s package refresh work itself was pretty straight forward (thanks to the Brand Strategy and Architecture work on the front end). 

We explored two different concepts here, that:

– Looked less like seltzer and more like beer (an important project goal).
– Looked premium without being too fussy (an important communication goal).
– Retained the visual equity that was working from their previous packaging (so a clear evolution).

This resulted in two initial directions that each explored a different take on evolving their previous look.

The Malibu team loved (LOVED!) the first direction, so we moved right onto revisions. 

We can fast forward at this point since most of our time in revisions revolved around dialing in illustrations and color ways for each brand, debating which messaging made the most sense to include on their packaging (including differences between the primary and secondary formats) and overseeing the production process to ensure everything prints as we envisioned.

Wrapping up 

This package refresh is rolling out as we speak and I predict (as does the Malibu team) that it’s going to perform really well out in the market. 

But when this happens, we can’t really take credit for their growth.



It’s easy to find scary stories about the beer industry today. And there’s no need to sugarcoat it — times are tough.

But if you understand your story and what you stand for, if you understand what makes your customers tick, if you make phenomenal beer, if you invest in your critical touch points — your brand identity, packaging, merch and taproom design — you can still thrive.

Malibu Brewing proves this every single day. 

And we’re honored to play a small part in seeing where they go from here.

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at CBC

CODO is speaking at CBC this year in Indy (our home town!). 

We’ll be giving a seminar called: 

When (and When Not) to Rebrand Your Brewery: How to Evolve Your Brand Without Losing Fans Along the Way

This will be a fun conversation on the different ways your brewery can revamp its brand to stay relevant in the long term.

We’re going to cover:

– When you should (and should not) rebrand
– How to define your visual and Brand Equity
– How to assign value to these ideas
– Three different ways you can revamp your brand (Rebrand, Brand Refresh, Package Refresh)

+

– How to launch your rebrand (without alienating long term fans)

We are so (so, so, SO) excited about this. Looking forward to meeting dozens of clients, showing off our new office and taking you all the best local breweries.

Let me know if you'll be in Indy.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-we-refreshed-malibu-brewings-packaging-a-huge-announcement/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down with Jill and Ryan Ahrens to discuss Malibu Brewing’s recent package refresh.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How CODO Refreshed Malibu Brewing’s package design – [Case Study]

2. Malibu Brewing

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-codo-refreshed-malibus-packaging/
Rebranding Alewerks, a Virginia brewing icon
VOL. 081

A proactive move to breathe new life into a Legacy Brewery Brand


Hi, there.

For a more immersive experience, read this case study over on our site.

We recorded a fun podcast with Michael Claar, Operations Director at Alewerks. Give this a listen for more background on why their team felt this refresh was the right move right now.



***


There are hundreds, if not thousands of older breweries across the United States right now quietly having similar, pressing conversations behind the scenes. 

– How do we recruit new, younger drinkers? 

– How do we make our packaging stand out in retail?

– How can we get our distributor(s) to care about our brand again?

– How do we stand out from the dozens (or hundreds) of local options?

– What even is our story today, XX years in?



This weariness is particularly prevalent amongst older, mid-market breweries: Outfits who are ~10 to 20+ years old and making anywhere from ~5k to 15k+ bbl per year. In many cases, they're no longer seen as cool, or romantic, or sexy.

But, perhaps most painful of all, you have a growing number of lapsed fans — folks who have moved on to drink beer from other breweries, or beyond beer products, or, less alcohol in general.

This leaves you on an island, unsure where to go from here.

We have all this history, this legacy. We have this volume, (though it's slowly eroding). What do we do?



Okay, enough editorializing.

I’m excited to walk you through our recent brand refresh work with Alewerks Brewing because they fit my rambling prologue to a tee.

Let’s look at their stats:

– Founded in 2006 in Williamsburg, Virginia as "Williamsburg AleWerks."

– They’ve grown to be one of the state’s largest breweries. 

– They’re known for making phenomenal, dead reliable, classic beer styles, including their regional cult classic Pumpkin seasonal.

– They’re also a brewer’s brewery, with several previous employees going on to build wonderful careers after their Alewerks tenure.

– In 2012, they changed their name to "Alewerks Brewing Co," and have since undergone a series of smart identity and package refreshes. (See the art below for reference.)

– Their sales are flat (though holding steady at a time when many other breweries are actively losing volume).



Taken in aggregate, it’s clear that Alewerks wasn’t facing an existential crisis. They’ve got a well-rounded portfolio. They’re invested heavily in their local community. And they have a squared away team and run a solid business behind the scenes. 

Alewerks is, by any measure, a successful brewery . But they ultimately want to move beyond this plateau and get back to consistent, sustainable growth. 

Their team determined that the first step on a long path towards that goal is a sweeping brand refresh.

In late 2023, Alewerks reached out to CODO to discuss this revamp. And we’re going to give you a candid look behind the scenes at that entire process today. 

(Above): Alewerks' name, brand identity and package design evolution through the years.


 

Let’s start by looking at some highlights from our Brand Strategy work.

 

Alewerks’ biggest pain points & opportunities 

We’ve already outlined a few of Alewerks’ problems above. Here are a few quotes pulled directly from our Strategy doc:

– “Alewerks has a solid rep throughout our market. But we also have a rep for being around for a long time. We’ve seen others like us not evolve. And we’ve passed them by. So we have to evolve. We have to give people something new — a different way of thinking about us.”

– “This is a proactive move to reinvigorate Alewerks’ brand before we start sliding. Prioritizing this rebrand as a capital investment (vs. adding sales staff, upgrading equipment, chasing niche consumers with nano-trend releases, etc.) demonstrates our commitment to playing the long game.”

– “It’s time. [Plus,] we’ve seen the power of this sort of move in the past.”

– “Our brand has become tired.”

– “People assume we’re smaller than we are, but we’ve been a top 10 Virginia brewery for years.”


— 


In addition to these issues, the Alewerks name itself is a challenge. First, there are umpteen number of XYZ Aleworks breweries out there, including a few in Virginia. But beyond that, their purposely misspelled name is (wouldn’t ya know) often misspelled out in the wild (e.g. capitalized ‘W,’ split into two words, or using an ‘O’ instead of ‘E’). 

But a bigger issue is that their name, translated literally, means “Brewing Company Brewing Company.” We made a bold recommendation to address this in our Brand Strategy doc, but I’ll save that for the design presentation section below. 

 

Evolution vs. Revolution ( Is this a rebrand or refresh? )

Figuring out whether a revamp is a refresh or a formal rebrand can be kind of a semantic exercise. Some people use the terms interchangeably, and indeed, there’s a lot of overlap between the two processes (weighing and evolving equity, etc.). 

That being said, we do like to clearly lay out how we’re thinking about the project as an opportunity to hear what our clients think and gut check everything. This is a great opportunity to hash out any remaining thoughts, concerns, or opportunities before moving onto the identity design process. 

Here are a few lines pulled directly from our strategic recommendations:

We recommend a clear evolution of your current logo, centered around the kettle. We will explore interesting ways to turn this into a badge that can be pulled out as a standalone icon. 

Beyond that, we will explore different typography and core colors (currently navy and gold) throughout your packaging. While this combo looks good in a vacuum (website, etc.), these colors seem too staid. Punchier alternatives will give a better shelf presence & presentation. 



TLDR: There was just too much equity — nearly 20 year’s worth — in their core logo to jettison it. 

(Above): Alewerks' most recent (pre-refresh) package design system.


 

Brand Essences & Mood Boards 

After organizing our findings, Strategy and recommendations, we next had to art direct all of these ideas. Three recurring, compelling themes (Brand Essences) came up through the course of our due diligence.  

The first, “Beer Ex Machina,” was an ode to Alewerks’ behind the scenes production rigor and SOPs. 

The second, “Craft University,” was a nod to Alewerks’ focus on traditional styles as a foil to late stage craft beer where styles (and sometimes decorum?) don’t really matter. This direction focuses heavily on customer education as a way to bring craft back down to where the Alewerks team believes it should be: Well-made, reliable, approachable beer.

The final Essence, “Cream of the Keg,” is a to-the-point way of highlighting Alewerks’ never ending focus on quality. This includes lots of fun visual premium indexes like seals, ribbons and gold and copper highlights. 



After a few great conversations and giving their team time to sit with this, we ended up moving forward with the “Craft University” idea.

Their final brand voice included attributes like: Authoritative, Established, Idealistic, Experienced, Sincere. Proud not arrogant. Confident, not cocky.

This is a subtle change from what we originally presented, but ultimately perfectly appropriate for their team and brand. 

At this point, our Brand Strategy work is wrapped and we get to roll up our sleeves and begin sketching on their brand identity.

Initial Branding Presentation

We developed two initial directions to share with the Alewerks team. Here are a few notes on this presentation.  

1. Direction 1 was a lovely update to their current mark. Warm, with subtle rounded corners and attractive, familiar colors. Direction 2 featured a more stylized, retro look — like a brewery identity from the mid-2000’s, but reimagined in a cool way. 

2. We added differing levels of detail to the brew kettle in each direction in a bid to make it not look like a 5 gallon water jug. The first direction featured a hidden ‘A’ in the kettle highlights whereas the second direction grounded the illustration with a viewing port (to help new people understand what they’re actually looking at). 

3. I mentioned above that we made a recommendation on how to handle the “Brewing Company Brewing Company” issue. Let’s talk about that now. 

We recommended that Alewerks colloquially go by that single word alone. So, drop the “Brewing Co.” qualifier from their name and identity wherever possible. 

In its place, they should use “Virginia Craft Beer” in a bid to proudly claim where they’re from, who they serve and position Alewerks as one of the state’s foremost breweries. 

To our surprise, the Alewerks team loved this recommendation. But again, their team was looking to make some decisive moves through this process, so good on them for being open to a bold change like this.

(Above): Note the subtle shift from the "Brewing Company" tag to "Virginia Craft Beer" along the bottom of their core mark.

This eliminated the "Brewing Company Brewing Company" issue while being more vocal and ardent about Alewerks' positioning as a leading Virginia brewery. 




Let’s fast forward a bit here.

Alewerks loved the first direction, almost lock, stock and barrel. (Chef’s kiss emoji.)

The only real feedback was to lose the hidden ‘A’ and bring the port over from the second direction. 

From there, we made (approximately) a million changes to get this up to CODO’s standard. Things that no one other than our team will notice like tweaking how the kettle nests in the badge, “melting” the typography, adding some line and texture details (originally from the second direction) and building out the rest of their Modular Brand Identity System.

Once we wrapped their identity, we rolled right onto packaging.

(Above): A snapshot of Alewerks' Modular Brand Identity System.


 

Packaging Presentation

Earlier in our Brand Strategy work, we determined that building a monolithic Branded House would work best long term. Alewerks was already working under this system for their flagships, so the continuity would be good. But beyond that, everything they brew is true-to-style, so flying all their products under a singular banner will help to build overarching Brand Equity. 

So when we got to tackle their packaging, we felt that a classic, bifurcated look would let their newly-refined logo shine while standing out from the rest of their competitive set and carrying though enough equity from their previous iteration. 

We explored different ways of handling their tasting notes: Straight and to the point (like their team), and another option with a little more swagger and personality.

And we worked to ensure the beer name and style itself came through clearly, particularly on the 12pk cases, for better merchandising.

Revisions were straightforward and mostly focused on dialing in colors and getting everything consistent across their various formats (including 12oz and 16oz cans, 4-pk, 6-pk and 12-pk boxes, 12oz bottles and 6-pk carriers).

Pumpkin Ale ( & remaining seasonals )

If you’re still reading along, reply to this email with the subject line “Pumpkin.” The 12th person to do so receives a free copy of Craft Beer, Rebranded.

We’ve covered a lot of ground here, but before we close, I’d like to talk about Alewerks’ Pumpkin seasonal. This is one of their most important brands, and it was crucial to get this packaging right. 

This was an interesting challenge from a portfolio standpoint. It needed to clearly look like an Alewerks brand (so follow their newly-refreshed look and feel and live under their Branded House), while at the same time, stand apart as being more premium and limited. 

Here are a few ways we accomplished this:

– We brought in tasteful, etched illustrations to highlight the particular adjunct.

– We added a subtle scalloped edge (more familiar in spirits packaging) along the name and style strip to set this off from the background in a lovely way.

– We added a subtle vignette around each carrier panel for more tonal depth.

– We developed a fun seasonal badge to serve as a violator and draw more attention on the shelf.

– And finally, we used metallic gold foil in a few select spots on the pack. (Again, chef’s kiss emoji.)



Once the Pumpkin Ale packaging was squared away, we were able to knock out the remaining seasonals in short order.

(Follow us over on Instagram. We’ll share these there as they debut throughout 2025.)

(Above): We wrapped this project up by building a simple set of Brand Guidelines. 

 

Let’s bring this home

Alewerks’ new look will hit the market starting early 2025 and should be out in full force by Spring. 



In an era where legacy breweries are grappling with shifting consumer tastes and fierce competition, Alewerks stands as a prime example of how to adapt and thrive. By investing in a comprehensive brand refresh, Alewerks is taking bold steps to revitalize its image and reconnect with longtime fans, lapsed customers and new drinkers alike. 

This willingness to evolve — from refining their identity and packaging to positioning their brewery as a stalwart of Virginia craft beer — demonstrates that established breweries can reinvent themselves without losing their core identity. 

As their new look hits shelves in 2025, Alewerks is sending a clear message: Established doesn't mean outdated. In an industry that often chases the new and novel, they're doubling down on quality beer, consistent service and smart branding. 

And I bet this pays off. 






If you’d like to breathe new life into your brewery’s brand, drop me a line. We (CODO) would love to help you with that.

Around the Shop

Next week! 

Cody and I will be in Chicago next week to soak in the lovely February weather, meet with several clients and present at CiderCon.

If you'll be at the conference, or just in Chicago, hit us up. Let's grab a drink and talk shop.

Prost Brewing keeps growing

While we're on the topic of brewery rebrands, let's catch up with CODO client Prost Brewing (we've been working together since 2018).

Prost continues defying beer industry trends by posting solid growth numbers YoY.

Here are a few 2024 stats from a recent Craft Brewing Business article:

– Sold 29k bbl in 2024
– Prost Pilsner +8.3%
– Vienna Lager +39.4% 
– Seasonal Program + 26.2% 
– On-premise sales +20.9%

[Exclusive] Alewerks Interview on the BBT Podcast

Cody and I had a fun, and candid, conversation with Michael Claar, Operations Director at Alewerks.

We discussed what lead their team to want to refresh in the first place, including pain points they were dealing with and opportunities they wanted to move on.

Michael talked about his, Karen and Geoff's concerns going into the process, the pros and cons of having a mega popular seasonal beer and what's next for the brand.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-we-refreshed-the-alewerks-brand/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down with Michael Claar to discuss Alewerks Brewing Co.’s recent brand and package refresh.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How we refreshed the Alewerks Brewing brand

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/refreshing-one-of-virginias-largest-brewery-brands-feat-michael-from-alewerks/
What to do when your brand name doesn’t travel
VOL. 080

How can you build around an esoteric brand name?

Hi there (and happy new year!). 

Your brewery’s name is one of the most important things you own. 

Ideally, it should hint at what you offer, what you stand for, why you’re different and why someone should care enough to buy your beer over someone else’s. 

Most importantly, your name should help you tell your story and grow your business. 

But what if it doesn’t?

We’ve heard this pain point several times over the years: Our name is tied to a hyper-local thing — a town or state, a landmark, a river, a building or interesting historic story or figure. This plays well locally, but means nothing to anyone outside of our town. 

And while wanton expansion isn’t the clear path to growth that it once was, there’s still some merit for targeted expansion to a few additional markets if you see an opportunity.

So let’s explore a few ways you can make your name more compelling, and graspable, to people further afield in case you’re dealing with this issue. 

(Above): Read more about what goes into a great brewery name in our Birdsmouth Beer Co. branding case study.





1

Can you just change the name?

Yes, you can always change your name. But this is a break-glass-in-case-of-emergency move. 

To wit, we’ve only made this recommendation 2 or 3 times out of the ~50 brewery rebrands we’ve handled. (That is actual brewery brand names. We’re less precious when it comes to swapping out beer names.)

Whenever we’re working with an established brewery, whether we’re helping to launch an extension, or working on a rebrand, we have to be mindful of Brand Equity. So, what are the key messaging and visual signifiers that, if lost, would confuse your existing fans and actually hurt your business?

Your name is a critical piece of this puzzle. 

And unless your name is posing an immediate and existential threat to your business, and/or, there is no clear path towards overcoming its shortcomings, then it’s almost always better to build around it (via a Sub Brand or some other strategy) than to jettison it entirely.

A quick caveat here is if you’re purchasing a brewery and don’t care about the IP or equity. In that case, break out the white board and change that name.

Read more about how to handle a brewery’s brand post-acquisition here: 

> So you bought a brewery… To rebrand or not to rebrand?

(Above): Dixie Brewing changed its corporate name to the much less problematic (though still esoteric?) Faubourg Brewing Co. back in 2020. Read more about this rebrand here.


 

2

Your brand identity itself can do a lot of heavy lifting 

An esoteric name can be challenging, but you can mitigate this through your identity design.

Whether through your core logo, or a series of cool supporting marks, your brand identity system can bridge this gap and tell your story much more compellingly than a name alone.

Your logo isn’t everything, but don’t underestimate the power of a killer mark. 

(Above): Learn more about how we build Modular Brand Identity Systems here.


 

3

Your beer names can be an opportunity to speak more broadly than your parent brand

If you’re dealing with a localized, esoteric name, you can, with a simple packaging hierarchy shift, retool your storytelling and marketing to focus more on a particular beer’s name than on your brewery’s parent brand. 

And you don’t have to build formal Sub Brands to achieve this either. 

Great fanciful names can give you a great starting point to connect with people, provided your brewery’s name is downplayed. 

Read more about how fanciful names work under a Branded House architecture model here.

(Above): Fernson Brewing's recent package refresh is a good example of a brewery leaning into its beer names for more individualized storytelling beyond the parent brand.


 

4

You could create a Sub / Endorsed Brand as an envoy into other markets 

This is a more costly path, but if you’re dealing with a name that can’t travel, and you want to expand into other markets, you can create a Sub / Endorsed Brand (or a new standalone brand) expressly for this purpose. This is an interesting Sub Brand use case we’ve seen sever times over the last few years. 

This can be a great strategy for breweries that are named after a specific town, state or landmark. (e.g. Maine Beer Co, Tampa Bay Brewing)

This was a key part of our brief when helping Virginia Beer Company launch the Cold Drinking Beer brand. 

Virginia Beer Co wanted to expand into a few neighboring states with a light beer brand, but worried that their name wouldn’t travel well. And we agree, why would someone in South Carolina (home to one of the best brewery scenes in the US) care about Virginia Beer Co.?

This opened up a fun opportunity to create an entirely new brand from the ground up. 

See how we built the Cold Drinking Beer brand here.

Wrapping up 

 

You can’t have it both ways 

The reality is that this is a tough spot to be in. 

If you have an esoteric, hyper-local name, you’re not really going to be able to have that resonate further away the same way a more intuitive, broader-appeal name would. The ideas we’ve discussed here can help you work around this, but the issue will still be there. 

In addition to these suggestions, I’d like you to consider whether you’ve actually hit the ceiling in your local market? Have you captured every single account you can? Are you in every person’s fridge? And in every venue? 

If you see an opportunity for growth, you should expand to new markets. But it might be worth another look to ensure that you’ve truly owned your backyard before doing so. 

Around the Shop

We're headed to Chicago to present at CiderCon

Cody and I will be in Chicago this February to discuss how Brand Architecture can help you build a more resilient brand. If you'll be at the conference, or just in Chicago, hit us up. Let's grab a drink and talk shop.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/what-to-do-when-your-brand-name-doesnt-travel/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss when it makes sense to launch an Endorsed Brand vs. an entirely new, standalone brand.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Endorsed Brand vs. New Brand [BBT Newsletter]

2. How we built the Cold Drinking Beer brand Case Study + Podcast

3. Shout out to everyone out there smashing a Paul Blart Jort Force Hazy Triple Mango IPA® by Voodoo Ranger on your way to work.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/079-endorsed-brand-vs-a-new-standalone-brand/
Build Stronger Brands: Your 2025 Blueprint
VOL. 079

A powerful tool to help you make better branding decisions in 2025

Hi, there. 

So far, we’ve had 227 (!!!) BBT readers take our year end survey. (Please take it yourself if you haven’t already.)

One of our questions on the survey is an AMA section for topics you’d like to see us cover on BBT. We’ve gotten so many great responses to this that I wanted to pull it out and put it right here up top.

Please respond to this email and let me know if you have any questions or topics you’d like us to discuss either here on the newsletter or on the podcast next year. (Or if you'd like to discuss working together in 2025.)

Okay, let’s get to it.

(I’m not sure if you’re going to read this or not.)

Well done if you’re already in year end break mode.

I hope you drink 10,000 beers have a lovely time with your family and friends. 

But if you’re still here and would like to read along, I want to talk with you about something that will help you make better branding decisions throughout 2025 — your Brand Architecture.
 

What’s your 2025 look like? 

If you're planning to:

– Launch a new brand, beer or beyond.
– Launch a new beer series.
– Open a new location.
– Acquire another brand or business.
– Sell one of your brands.
– Scale one of your brands via the Sub Brand Ladder.
– Line Extend one of your existing products.
– Rationalize your portfolio.
– Create a Co-branded product.
– Form a hospitality group. 
– Refresh your brewery's brand and packaging. 

If you are doing any of this, then you’ll be working through Brand Architecture problems. 

And if you don’t pause long enough to work through what each of these moves means to your overall model, you can end up with a tangled mess that your customers — and even your own team — may not understand. 

(Above): Brand Architecture Map for a brewery we're rebranding in Michigan. Their portfolio spans beer, spirits, cider, seltzer, RTDs, NA products and multiple locations. This map helped them think through where their parent brand should (and more importantly, should't) pull through on all of these products. 


 


Why Brand Architecture is important 

If you’ve never mapped out your Brand Architecture, you’re in luck — it’s not that hard to do. And even if your Map isn’t as clean, or put together as CODO could build, having one is better than not. 

Why? Because a Brand Architecture Map will help you: 

– Understand how all of your brands, current and future, add up to build a more resilient business.
– Help you make faster decisions when bringing new products to market.
– Help you identify opportunities for new brand development and Line Extensions.
– Spot opportunities to streamline communication (and budget) efforts. 
– Future proof your new product development pipeline. 
– Protect your parent brand from cannibalization and dilution. 
– Present a more compelling, and cohesive, narrative to your fans.

Okay, you get the point. This is an important business function.

So let’s walk through how to get this out onto paper. 

 

Brand Architecture Mapping

Here's a quick rundown on how to map out your Brand Architecture. 

You can jump straight in the computer here, but at CODO, we like to get on a white board or a blank page — somewhere you can write big and quickly make edits. Your first few rounds of this will be messy, but that’s okay. This is all iterative. 

 

Step 1: List everything out 

Start by listing out all of your products. Don’t worry about the form this takes yet (e.g. a chart), just a list of product names / lines is fine for now.

– Flagship beers
– Seasonal beers
– Specialty beers 
– Rotator beer series
– And on and on — however you organize your beer portfolio.

Next, do the same thing for any Fourth Category brands you have in the mix, e.g. seltzer, RTDs, Hop Water, spirits, cannabis, hard cider.

Next, list out all of your locations, Co-branded products, special events, community partnerships and anything else that represents either an important touchpoint with your customers or a revenue stream (e.g. merch, catering, event center). 

And finally, list out any upcoming products you’ve been thinking about — new beers, NA products, different categories, locations, acquisitions, etc. 

 

Step 2: Group your products

Now that you have all of your products listed out, you can start to intuitively group them in a chart form. 

The form your map takes will shift based on how you organize your portfolio and brands. A Branded House portfolio might fit on one page whereas a House of Brands, or even a Branded House with a few Sub Brands in the mix might span several pages. 

That’s okay. There’s no right or wrong here. (And again, this is all iterative.)

This will be intuitive, but to get you started, think big 30k foot view categories. 

– Beer (under which you might have flagships, an IPA series, seasonals, barrel aged releases, variety packs, contract beers, etc.)
– Seltzer (individual SKUs, variety pack, etc.)
– Sprits (gin, bourbon, RTDs, NA, etc.)
– Hop Water (cores, variety pack, etc.)
– Non Alcoholic (NA Beer, Hop Water)
– Venues / Hospitality (Taprooms, Brewpubs, Catering, Event Center)
 



We put together a template doc to help you lay this all out. If you have Illustrator, you can drop this PDF right in there and edit as needed. If not, you can print this out and go to town with a marker as well.

(Above): To reiterate an earlier point, this template probably won’t work *perfectly* for what you’ve got going on. Our goal is to give you a head start for mapping this all out.

Chop this up and make it your own, or, create your own map entirely. 




 

Step 3: Specify an overarching model

Unless you know your overarching Brand Architecture model from the jump, we usually save this step for last because all the work you did in steps 1 and 2 (along with your broader Brand Strategy) will dictate the correct model(s). 

Your choices here are: Branded House, House of Brands or a Hybrid Brand

For what it’s worth, we rarely see our clients fall neatly into one of these buckets. Even a smaller brewery that might produce a few thousand bbl per year can have a fairly complex Architecture map (with fourth category brands, Sub Brands, Line Extensions and multiple locations).

But again, that’s why this is valuable. This process helps you wrangle everything and spot areas for improvement. 

Hit the links above to read about each of these systems and pick which ever one seems closest to what you’re trying to build. 

(Above): Read The Beyond Beer Handbook for a full rundown on this entire subject.

And if you take our year end survey, you can grab your own copy (or copies for your team) for 50% off — only a few days left.




 

Wrapping up 

And I’ll leave you to it. There’s more that goes into this process, but we’ll circle back to it later in 2025 with a round 2. Or, if we sell enough copies of The Beyond Beer Handbook, we’ll include a full step-by-step guide, complete with multiple templates, in the second edition. 

For now, give this a spin and see how it shapes up. (And let me know how it goes.)

 

 

Real quick before we break, I wanted to thank you for reading BBT this year.

This newsletter started out as an experiment — an insider report we only shared with clients — and quickly grew to become much larger that that.

After client work, BBT is one of my favorite things we work on.

CODO has a lot of exciting things on deck headed into 2025 — long overdue case studies, big speaking engagements, purchasing a building, hosting CBC in Indianapolis, our annual trends report, a revamped podcast + a brand refresh.

I’m glad you’re here following along. 

Shoot me an email if you'd like to discuss working together next year, and otherwise, have a lovely break. 

– Isaac / CODO

Around the Shop

Let's look at some numbers

This has been a phenomenal year for CODO, and here on Beer Branding Trends. Let's look at some highlights:

– We put out 26 BBT issues this year.
– You are one of 9,627 subscribers. (Thanks for being here!)
– Our 2024 Beer Branding Trends Report was read by tens of thousands of people.  
– Our podcast crossed the 25k download mark. (Here's our most popular episode if you're looking for something to listen to.)
– We sold ~260 books.
– We hired a killer new Senior Designer (in addition to our already stellar team). 
– We rebranded / refreshed 7 breweries (with 4 new contracts already locked in for 2025).
– We branded two startup breweries.
– We named 12 products and 4 brands.
– We launched 14 new websites.
– We traveled to 11 states and 2 foreign countries for work and speaking engagements.
– Cody and I presented at CBC.
– My 7-year old daughter caught a 3.5# bass all by herself. (Does this belong here? I'm leaving it in.)
– I drank 6,500 Hop Waters. (Conservatively.)

And finally…

– Cody and I are within days of closing on CODO's new building — the first piece of commercial real estate we've owned in our 16 year run. This has been years in the making and it's actually happening. Our team is beyond excited about this and I'll share more on it in the future. 



Thanks again for being here. We'll see you in 2025.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/build-stronger-brands-your-2025-blueprint/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss why branding is important for a taproom-focused brewery, even if you have no intention of ever packaging your beer.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Question from a BBT subscriber

2. A strong brand builds enterprise value

3. Your brand is a platform

4. A compelling brand set the stage for co-branding opportunities

5. This all art directs your look and feel

6. A strong brand helps you attract and retain great talent

7. A heartwarming story about a CODO mom (and how we fired her son?)

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/078-why-brand-your-taproom-brewery/
How to Define Your Key Messaging Pillars
VOL. 078

Key Communication Pillars help you build your brand over the long term

Hi, there.

If you haven't already, please take our year end survey (less than 3 minutes).

This will help to shape our content in 2025. As a thanks for your time, we'll give you a 50% off code for any of our books — use it as many times as you want.

Thanks! 





Your brand identity and packaging are crucial for standing out, building equity longterm and driving sales. But these are just one part of your brewery’s branding and marketing puzzle.

Once you’ve got these components squared away, you have to continually build your brand(s). This includes internally with your customer service and behind the scenes relationships (with distributors and retailers), and branches out from there to your social media presence, point of sale (POS) materials, merch, environmental design and more traditional channels like out of home.

A big part of all of this — of understanding what stories you should be telling — is defining your Key Messaging / Communication Pillars.

That’s a churched up way of saying which big ideas you want people to associate with your brewery’s brand.

– What do you want people to think about when they hear your brewery’s name?

– How do you want them to describe your brand to their friends?

– What big ideas and differentiators do you want them to remember (when it comes time to buy some beer)?

We’ve studied this topic for years and have often found convoluted approaches for framing these messaging and brand personality out in the wild — needlessly complicated prompts, quizzes and flow charts, all designed to help you get to the bottom of, er, you. 

In today’s BBT issue, I’m going to give you a few simple tools we (CODO) use to help our clients frame their Key Messaging Pillars. 

Let’s get to it. 

(Above): Key Messaging Pillars for Birdsmouth Beer Co.


 

Part 1: How to frame your Key Messaging Pillars 

One of our favorite ways of sussing out compelling ideas in our work is to have everyone on your team answer this question: 

If you could go into someone’s head and put 3 or 4 big messages about your brand in there, what would those be?

(That’s it. Really.)

Here are some examples we’ve seen in our project work:

– We are one of Canada’s original craft breweries. 
– We are the quintessential Upper Peninsula beer brand.
– We source all of our ingredients directly from Germany. 
– We are one of San Diego’s most beloved breweries. 
– We are your go-to fridge stocker beer.
– We are the no-frills Midwest cocktail company. 
– We use tech to grow the best cannabis in Michigan.
– We are Oregon’s original craft brewery. 
– We are the iconic Wisconsin Supper Club. 
– We deliver wild Alaskan seafood directly to your door.
– We make cider from apples grown on our family farm. 
– We build our own whiskey barrels in-house at our cooperage.

Your first few attempts will likely result in dozens of ideas. Work with your team (or branding partner) to winnow this down to 3 or 4 big ideas. Why 3 to 4? Because people have limited bandwidth, so less, but better, is the goal here. 

How can you kill-or-combine your way to getting this list leaner?



Move beyond table stakes 

It’s important to challenge yourself to think beyond table stakes when revising these messages. 

We see this come up constantly when defining brand values and Key Communication Pillars. These are the sorts of ideas that, while maybe true for your brewery, can also be claimed by (a lot of) your competition. A few examples:

– “We make high quality beer.”
– “We only use the best ingredients.”
– “We’re community-focused.”
– “We’re environmentally responsible.”

(I’m still waiting for the day a brewery hangs its hat on brewing objectively flawed beer for people they don’t like. “Flawed beer for flawed people” … is this anything?)

Again, these things (high quality beer) are likely true and should guide how you act behind closed doors. But we’re looking for true and compelling differentiators around which you can build your brand.

Once you have a grasp on these big ideas, you can start to frame out what brand personality and voice best fits your brand.

(Above): Key Communication Pillars, brand personality cues and Brand Essence write-ups for Ghost Note Brewing and Plain Spoke Cocktails.


 

Part 2: How to define your Brand Personality 

Your brand personality is exactly as it sounds — this is how you carry yourself, both online and in the real world. 

This manifests most immediately in your day-to-day social media posts and in your own/on-premise customer interactions. From there, it spreads to all of your downstream touchpoints.

We help our clients sketch this out with another prompt. Ask everyone on your team:

If your brand were a person, what sort of personality traits would it have?

Here are some examples we’ve seen in our work: 

– We are wry and clever.
– We are blue collar. 
– We are experimental. 
– We are dedicated craftsmen. 
– We are outdoorsy trout bums. 
– We’re good hearted stoners.  
– We are worldly travelers. 
– We are foodies.
– We are shade tree mechanics. 
– We are busy suburban dads. 
– We are twenty something dog moms. 
– We are natural tinkerers. 

A quick process note here. In our earlier years, we phrased this question as: If your brand were a celebrity, who would it be? But we ended up dropping the celebrity qualifier because it would, like clockwork, lead to one of two possible answers. 

1. Some derivation of, “Oh, I don’t watch tv, so I have no idea.”

2. Or, someone would answer with one of the same 7 or 8 people. (It’s wild, we’ve heard this collection of people on several dozen brewery branding projects). This list included:

Bill Murray, Matthew McConaughey, Ryan Reynolds, Paul Rudd, Robert Downey Jr. (sometimes Iron Man), Ron Swanson (not Nick Offerman), Woody Harrelson and sometimes Tom Hanks

(Putting this out into the universe: If any brewery out there sees themselves as Ian McShane in Deadwood, hit me up. We should talk.)
 


You’ll want to go through the same process of editing here as when you frame your Key Communication Pillars. And we aim to get this list down to six to eight personality traits. 

This amount gives you a cohesive foundation, but also enough room to flex and/or code switch as the channel or situation calls for. 

(Above): Brand personality and Essence write-ups for two taproom-focused breweries and a boutique hotel in New Glarus, Wisconsin. (Stay tuned for case studies on all these projects.)


 

A few other questions you can tack on to this brand-as-a-person line of thinking include: 

– Is this a man or a woman? 
– How old are they? 
– What does this person do for a living?
– Do they have a sense of humor?
– What are they into? (What are they obnoxiously passionate about?)
– What is their biggest strength / weakness? 
– What kind of shoes do they wear? 
– What is their biggest pet peeve? 
– Who is their favorite band?

Note: We’ve never focused on Brand Archetypes in our Brand Strategy process, though that’s not an indictment on that approach. We’ve just found that defining your brand voice and personality by humanizing your brand in other ways to be a clear path of arriving at those same ideas.

Cody and I discussed this a while back on the BBT Podcast. That conversation start’s around the 17 minute mark, if you’d like to listen in: 

> Are Brand Archetypes Complete Bullshit?



 

I’ll leave this here because at this point, we start to veer into brand voice. And this topic deserves its own issue down the line. 

So let’s wrap this up.

(Above): Key Communication Pillars for Prost Brewing.


 

Wrapping up

Building a strong, differentiated brand identity mission critical for the longterm health and success of your brewery.

But remember, your brand is more than just your logo or packaging — it's the culmination of all the experiences people have with your brand and your reputation in their minds. A big part of shaping this story lies in defining your Key Messaging Pillars and crafting your overall narrative so people understand who you are, what you stand for, and why your brewery should be their go-to.

If you give this process the time it deserves, you’ll create a strong foundation for all of your marketing efforts and set yourself up to create life long fans.

Around the Shop

Check out Fernson Brewing's "Modern Prairie Storybook" Key Communication Pillar in action

Fernson's been ahead of the game for years when it comes to branding and storytelling. If you haven't already, check out their blog (one of my favorites in the industry).

This entry details the history of their flagship Lion's Paw Lager. But the reason I want you to read it is how the piece itself unfolds — it's a great example of how one of their Key Communication Pillars guides downstream content. 

Exploration through Fermentation (on Lost Nomad's Key Communication Pillar)

Here's another fun client blog. 

Pete at Lost Nomad Brewing has been steadily recording his travels (and trials) brewing beer around the world. This is a direct reflection of his "Exploration through Fermentation" Communication Pillar. 

Read more about Lost Nomad's branding process here, and hit the link below to check out Pete's blog.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-define-your-key-messaging-pillars/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss how your brewery can tame an overwhelming release schedule

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How to Tame Rotation Nation [Newsletter]

2. Left Field Brewery

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/077-how-your-brewery-can-tame-rotation-nation/

Episode Summary

Isaac sits down with Matthew McLaughlin to discuss all thing brewery Intellectual Property.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. McLaughlin PC’s website + matthew@mclaughlinpc.com

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/076-a-designer-a-lawyer-walk-into-a-brewery-intellectual-property-feat-matthew-mclaughlin/
Is a House of Brands right for your brewery?
VOL. 077

The House of Brands: Not just for Big Beer

Hi, there.

If you haven't already, please take our year end survey (less than 3 minutes).

This will help to shape our content in 2025. As a thanks for your time, we'll give you a 50% off code for any of our books — use it as many times as you want.

Thanks! 





Today I want to talk about the House of Brands. 

This is a common Brand Architecture model amongst larger beer & beverage conglomerates (Molson Coors, Boston Beer, ABI, Diageo, et al.) where having a diverse line of products that span multiple categories, price points and distribution territory adds up to a robust portfolio.

But over the last few years, we’ve seen more of our smaller* craft clients lean into the House of Brands model as well, by launching targeted stand alone brands (e.g. a light beer brand, an RTD cocktail, a spirit brand, etc.).

*Note: smaller in this case can be anywhere from 1k bbl to 20k. They’re smaller relative to ABI. (Aren't we all?)

So this is a broadly applicable approach. 

Let’s start by defining the House of Brands and then get into some possible use cases for your brewery as well as some important caveats to be mindful of in case you think this is a good approach for your next product launch.

(Above): Read more about the House of Brands Architecture model here.




What is a House of Brands? 

A House of Brands architecture is a collection of (mostly) disparate, independent brands with little-to-no ties between each other or to a corporate brand.

In this approach, each brand has its own value proposition, messaging, and positioning, and is completely independent as far as the consumer is concerned. 

And a quick note: We say “corporate” in this case because “parent” denotes some manner of a relationship with an extension (e.g. You extend your parent brand when launching a Sub or Endorsed Brand). In a House of Brands model, there is no parent brand connection whatsoever.

This approach allows you to target different consumers and segments with niche brands and products that are tailored to their specific needs and values without competing with other brands in the portfolio. This makes for a more robust overall business.

Traditionally the stock and trade of mega corporations like Procter and Gamble and Unilever, this can be a valuable concept for craft breweries to employ depending on their product mix, volume and sales goals as well.

(Above:) Prominent portfolio brands (House of Brands) from big to not-quite-as-big (but still kind of big). While we're here, I predict that we'll see a rise in Holding Companies over the coming years that spin up expressly to purchase and produce Legacy Brewery IP. 




Benefits & use cases for a House of Brands model 


A House of Brands approach allows you to offer products to highly-targeted niche audiences without worrying about how to adapt your parent brand to the task

By creating an entirely new brand, you are free to explore each product individually under a House of Brands model without being governed by (or concerned with) any of your parent brand’s equity. Each product is able to have its own unique value proposition and attract different customer segments. And none of this will be confusing, because you are not beholden to a broader brand narrative. 

You can have a functional beverage along with a hard cider and an Imperial IPA and an NA beer in the same portfolio and no one will bat an eye (because they’re not positioned as being part of the same family). 


You can quickly seize market opportunities because you bypass all the work (and worry) of making sure your parent brand works in a new context.

The House of Brands approach allows you to be more agile, rapidly executing on new opportunities without considering what that might mean for your parent brand. You are free to move on an appropriate idea without being encumbered with existing equity or customer expectations. 

In this way, agility can be just as important as having a great product that is correctly marketed and positioned. Being first to market in a particular category can go a long way towards ensuring long term success.

(Above:) Virginia Beer Co wanted to build a light beer brand  that could travel to further afield markets where their parent brand might not carry as much weight. Enter Cold Drinking Beer.




Caveats



Building a House of Brands can be challenging for smaller breweries 

If the biggest benefit of building a House of Brands model is the speed and ease at which you can bring new products to markets, the main drawback is how inefficient and expensive this can be. 

Here are the two main challenges a smaller outfit will face when trying to build a House of Brands.


A House of Brands is costly to build 

A House of Brands takes a lot of capital to construct because you’re simultaneously building multiple brands. This can start lean, but over time, as a new brand grows, you’ll have to develop (and maintain) new names, brand identities, websites, and perhaps even dedicated corporate structure and staff for each standalone brand.

Simply put, out of all the Brand Architecture models you can use at your brewery, the House of Brands requires the most work, investment and follow-through. 

To give every brand in your portfolio a fair shake basically amounts to setting up structures within your organization that can dedicate bespoke effort to each individual offering. Do not underestimate how much work (and budget) this will take to pull off correctly.

 

Capacity, capacity, capacity

The second big challenge is capacity. Capital is going to be important no matter what scale your brewery is at, but we’ve found capacity to be a more immediate governor for how effectively breweries can launch new standalone brands. 

For some real world project work, this usually looks like:

A brewery launched a hard seltzer stand alone brand and found that they need to bring it more in-line with their parent brand for marketing budget, distribution and/or consumer mindshare reasons. 

If you’re part of a small team at your brewery—of if you ARE the marketing team—then you may not have the time it takes to properly build a new brand.

(Above:) Sierra Nevada, Minneapolis Cider Co. and Schilling Cider have all released new standalone products over the last few years, effectively shifting their corporate Architecture to a House of Brands. 




Wrapping up


People aren’t stupid 

Here’s a final caveat that’s not related to capacity and OpEx budgeting. 

A House of Brands doesn’t fully insulate your larger business from blowback. We saw this through the Bud Light fallout in summer 2023 as some of ABIs other brands saw losses and bad comps as well. 

Regular, non-beer industry folks walking around might not know that Twisted Tea is owned by Boston Beer Co. But this sort of knowledge isn’t really hidden anymore. A quick search can reveal who owns a brand. And if you have a big blowup — a PR disaster, a QC issue, etc. — you should expect your fans and the media to quickly spread this info. 

I’m not sure this idea is applicable to you, or any of the other 9,500+ folks who read BBT, but to draw a fine point here — building a House of Brands isn’t an excuse to launch a product that you’re not proud of, or that lacks integrity. 

Anything you put out into the world still needs to adhere to your personal and corporate values.

Otherwise, what are you building?

Around the Shop

Firestone Walker details their House of Brands Strategy

Here's a great BrewBound podcast with Firestone Walker CMO, Dustin Hinz, on how their team thinks about portfolio construction and building equity around independent brand families.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/is-a-house-of-brands-right-for-your-brewery/
AleSmith’s Cider Playbook: Exclusive Launch Insights
VOL. 076

Helping an iconic San Diego brewery launch a Hard Cider

Hi, there!

A few quick notes before we get started:

1. Please take our year end survey (less than 3 minutes). This will help to shape our content in 2025. As a thanks for your time, we'll give you a 50% off code for any of our books (use it as many times as you want).

2. For a more immersive experience, read this entire case study over on our site.

3. We recorded a podcast with AleSmith that dives into why they're so bullish on hard cider right now. Give that episode a listen here.

Alright, let's talk hard cider.

Breweries across the country are continuing to release Beyond Beer / Fourth Category products in a bid to better serve their fans while also building a more robust business. 

Hard seltzer, RTD cocktails, spirits, Hop Water and NA products are all common starting points here. But one category in which CODO is seeing a sharp uptick right now is hard cider. 

We first wrote about this trend back this spring, and have seen this ramp up in our project work ever since. 

The latest brewery to venture into the hard cider space is AleSmith. 

Founded back in 1995, AleSmith Brewing is an iconic San Diego craft brewery. They’re also one of the largest breweries in the country, ranking 65th in 2023.

AleSmith’s hard cider has been an in-house staple around their brewery for a while, and in early 2024, their team reached out to CODO to help brand, position and officially release this line in package. We’re going to give you a look at this process today. 

This case study will cover the following:

– Project context (Brand Architecture, goals, constraints)

– Our art direction process (Wrangling big ideas and moving parts)

– Initial sketching, revisions and finalizing everything for launch

Let’s get to it. 

(Above): AleSmith's current packaging and brand identity. 


 

AleSmith’s project context & Brand Architecture 

When deciding how to launch an Extension, it’s important that your brewery look at a few things:

– Your broader Brand Strategy
– Your Brand Architecture
– Your parent brand’s positioning
– Precedent for how you’ve handled similar releases in the past (if applicable)
– The possibility of future growth and new product development that could blossom from this new product

> Check out the Beverage Extension Assessment Tool to see CODO’s in-house rubric for positioning new products.

After discussing and exploring all of these considerations with the AleSmith team, we determined that their hard cider should land somewhere between a straight Brand Extension or a Sub Brand

Why?

AleSmith has built a diverse Branded House. And unless a new product comes along that dramatically breaks from their traditional approach (classic, balanced, true-to-style beers and products, decidedly no trend chasing), then it makes sense to keep their cider line under their Branded House. 

But how to extend their name? Would a “linked name” like CiderSmith be too much?

Yes. Yes it would.

We all felt that keeping the AleSmith name (and core logo) front and center would anchor this extension from a visual equity standpoint. From there, we could riff on their qualifier and tagline.

Some initial options we considered were:

– AleSmith Cider Factory — and the far simpler — AleSmith Craft Ciders

– We also liked the subtle tagline shift: Hand-Forged Ales Ciders

– And we knew we wanted to replace the glass on their iconic anvil logo with an apple

With these broad strokes in place, we began working through art direction to make sure we understood exactly what the AleSmith team was envisioning and how this could all come together to stand out from the rest of their competitive set.

(Above): Check out The Beyond Beer Handbook to learn more about how you can *safely* leverage your brewery's brand to launch other segments. 


 

Art Direction & Mood boards

Once we had our initial parameters in place, we were able to jump right into Mood Boarding. 

Note: This is a lighter touch, faster exercise than formal Brand Strategy and really only works when a brewery has an established Brand Strategy and attractive brand identity. AleSmith came to the table with both of these things in place, which meant we could focus more on their cider’s look and feel and move fast. 

> Read more about the difference between Brand Strategy and art direction here.

We developed three Mood Boards (collages to art direct what AleSmith’s cider line could look and feel like). 

Here are snippets of copy pulled from our presentation along with some additional notes on aesthetics and messaging: 

– Clean & Classic: Clean and simple. Lots of white space. Confident, reliable and feels unmistakably like an AleSmith brand. This direction was the most congruent with their existing identity. 

– Illustrative & Apple-forward: This direction tackles the goal of immediately reading as a cider instead of a beer. We considered doing this with a subtle, tonal pattern to differentiate from the rest of AleSmith’s portfolio. (More on this idea here in a sec.)

– Accessible Luxury: This direction positions AleSmith’s hard ciders as premium as you can get without being a snob about it. But this idea was dressed down with more tried and true beer iconography (seals, ribbons, taglines, violators, etc.). Hints of gold and bronze, aged cream (vs. stark white) and deep reds, browns and rich blacks. It was also slightly European, which felt right given AleSmith’s broader history and approach to new product development.

(Above): AleSmith's Mood Boards. Learn more about our art direction process here.


 

Revised Mood Board 

The Accessible Luxury idea resonated with the AleSmith team. We were pretty close after this first look, so after some minor tweaks to the Mood Board (bringing in some of the patterning elements from the second direction, dialing down some of the more extreme quality cues, etc.), we were approved to begin sketching. 

(Above): AleSmith's final mood board. This guided all of our internal sketching and concept development. 


 

Initial sketching

Here are a few points to highlight from our initial sketching. 

1. Hierarchy was important: These cans had to immediately read as an AleSmith product, while at the same time, clearly read as being hard cider. 

It’s important for AleSmith fans to not mistakenly grab a cider, thinking it’s beer. And on the flip side, we need to tell AleSmith’s regular drinkers that this hard cider is good to go because it’s made by AleSmith.


2. Industrial vs. Traditional (on adhering to, and rising above, category canon): This was a dueling idea from our Mood Boarding process. AleSmith has an enormous production facility with acres of beautiful stainless tanks — someone called it a "Willy Wonka beer factory" during our initial research. And their internal team likes this sort of messaging as well.

Here, “industrial” or "factory" doesn’t mean bland and mass market, but rather, efficient, clean and rigorously made. So one of our directions leaned more into this idea while the other explored a more traditional look you might expect in the hard cider category — more texture, more organic detail and more provenance.


3. Riffing on their logo (and more hierarchy considerations): We knew we wanted to replace the glass in AleSmith’s iconic logo with an apple. This is a fun, if slightly on the nose way of immediately orienting someone looking at this packaging in a cold box — Ahh, it’s a hard cider! 

This presented another hierarchy challenge: This is a subtle change, so we probably need to blow this thing up to be the main art on pack so people actually see it. But then, does that compete with the existing AleSmith logo? And the style (Imperial, Traditional Dry, etc.)? And the ABV? 

This balance doesn’t seem like that big a deal, but if you get it wrong, even slightly wrong, the entire composition can fall flat. 

This doesn’t just mean your packaging isn’t as beautiful as it could be, but that someone might be less inclined to pick it up and throw it in their cart when shopping. So getting this squared away is a big deal. 


4. How to differentiate within a Branded House: One challenge you can run into when building a Branded House is that over time, it becomes harder to create entirely new, compelling packaging that doesn’t look like something you’ve previously released.

This doesn’t mean the baseline design doesn’t work well, but functionally, there are only so many colors you can choose before your cans start looking similar to another existing SKU or just unattractive (due to clashing colors). 

This issue is exacerbated when using a Monolithic Branded House template, where everything looks nearly identical, save for color and copy changes. (e.g. Rhinegeist, Monday Night, Prost). 

"We can’t use that green because we used it on an LTO can last spring. Or, this shade of red is too close to our Hazy." Etc.



This was an issue here because AleSmith has a diverse portfolio with hundreds of individual cans developed over the years. And at a quick glance, there’s not much obvious white space for their next release, beer or beyond. 

One opening we saw within AleSmith’s broader portfolio — and their broader competitive set — was to use patterning as a focal point.

Their cans all lean clean and classic, with their core logo front and center and a fanciful name and style across the bottom. There's some variance here and there, but by and large, you know an AleSmith can when you see one. 



These points, along with our refined Mood Board guided our initial concept development. 

We presented the work (see below), the AleSmith team LOVED it, and we moved directly into revisions.

(Shoutout to veteran CODO Senior Designer Ryan H and recent hire Brock for absolutely housing this project. Great design work all around.)

Revisions 

Our first presentation was so well received, that we really only had a few small points to iron out from the AleSmith team. 

A few of these included: 

– AleSmith wanted to add a Dry-to-Sweet scale as an easy reference for consumers 
– They wanted to bring the banner logo lockup from Direction 2 into the first option
– They felt the dark imperial can was too heavy and looked undrinkable
– After seeing it, they decided that AleSmith Cider “Factory,” while fun, didn’t feel right in the cider space. So we went with the simpler “Craft Ciders” qualifier. 


Beyond that, most of what we continued to tweak over the next few weeks was small stuff that we wanted to resolve in order to get this up to CODO’s standard. 

So lots of small details that no one other than our team will ever notice like:

– Simplifying the pattern and border line weights
– Getting the tri-color motif on the back panel to be more consistent from can to can 
– Making sure the sweetness scale reads clearly at a small size
– Re-styling the Nutrition Facts label so it’s not an eyesore 
– Thinking ahead to how we’ll use colors on possible follow-on releases without breaking this clean system 

Final points

From here, we got everything wrapped up and saved out for production. But here are a few other ideas to end on.


1. Earn your keep: AleSmith invested in design for this cider line, but is putting these out in 4-pk 16oz cans to start. Their team wants these ciders to earn their keep before investing in more expensive carton packaging. 

Even though it pains my tender designer heart, I think this is a smart approach. Starting lean and making sure you have something your fans actually want is a more conservative and realistic approach in today’s Bev Alc market. 

But for what it’s worth, I suspect you’ll see these in cartons by late 2025. These ciders are lovely and AleSmith has a great sales team bringing them to market. So stay tuned.


2. Secondary assets (getting more mileage out of your packaging): We developed a lot of cool elements on this packaging that lends itself to retail activation and merch. Some of this was by design, and some of it was by accident. 

These sorts of components are a clear deliverable when building a Modular Brand Identity System.

But it’s a good idea to keep an eye out for opportunities like this when working on packaging only engagements. This helps you get more bang for your buck while making downstream promotion and marketing easier.



These hard ciders are rolling out in San Diego and throughout Southern California as we speak.
 

Wrapping up 

I didn't focus on it throughout this article, but another compelling angle to this product launch is how AleSmith is continuing to stay relevant as a 30 year old brewery. (Not to mention one in the s-t-a-c-k-e-d San Diego market.)

They're doing this, not by chasing trends and throwing new products at the wall to see what sticks, but rather, through thoughtful innovation and launching new segments that feel right.

Think, "Should AleSmith launch X?" vs. "Can AleSmith launch X?"

They’re leading with their Brand here, and I think more Legacy Breweries should do the same.





Drop CODO a line if your brewery is interested in releasing a Hard Cider and would like help figuring out your Strategy, Architecture and design. We’d love to help you work through that.

Around the Shop

[Podcast] – How CODO helped AleSmith Brewing launch a Hard Cider Brand

I had a fun conversation with Kristen Ballinger and Brandon Richards of AleSmith on this project.

Great listen if you're interested in more context on their Brand Architecture decisions, how they're coming to market, potential follow-on extensions plus a sneak peek at a slate of new AleSmith brand development work with CODO. 

Let's talk Hard Cider

The CODO team has always been big cider fans. From Cody's and my earliest (really bad) home brewing experiments to current day where you can almost always find it on draft in our office, we love cider.

But aside from this personal affinity, we think this category makes a lot of sense for more breweries to explore over the coming years.

Check out why we feel this way, as well as some positioning and branding considerations, at the link below.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-we-helped-alesmith-launch-a-hard-cider-brand/

Episode Summary

Isaac sits down with Brandon Richards and Kristen Ballinger of AleSmith Brewing to discuss their new hard cider brand development.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How we helped AleSmith launch a Hard Cider Brand – [Case Study ]

2. AleSmith Brewing

3. Let’s talk hard cider – [BBT Newsletter]

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/075-how-codo-helped-alesmith-brewing-launch-a-hard-cider-brand-feat-alesmith/
How to Refresh Your Brewery’s Packaging
VOL. 075

Process, process, process (Package refresh best practices)

Hi there, and welcome to the final issue of CODO's package refresh series.

In issues 1 and 2, we outlined why package refreshes are trending right now, and how they differ from brand refreshes and rebrands. 

Today, I want to explore some nitty gritty process details that will ensure you can successfully refresh your packaging.

 

 

I’m not going to give you a step-by-step process for how to refresh your packaging here. 

This would make for a really short issue: Strategy (maybe) > define your equity > initial sketching & presentation > revisions > finalize > print > launch > profit! 

Instead, I thought it’d be useful to explore what CODO has learned after handling dozens of package refreshes over the last few years. 

So, how should you think about art direction, stakeholder involvement, visual and Brand Equity, potential landmines you could encounter along the way as well as how to launch your refreshed packaging. 

Let’s get right into it by discussing art direction.

1

Brand Strategy vs. Art Direction

Let’s return to our central thesis: Package refreshes offer a lot of upside expressly because you can (sometimes) bypass more costly and time-consuming strategy work.

Assuming you're in a position where you can skip a more thorough Strategy phase, this still leaves the important task of framing your art direction ahead of your refresh.

 

On Art Direction 

Art direction is the process of identifying all the visual cues and ideas that should be explored during your refresh. This can include things like typography, colors, textures, compositional considerations and overall look and feel and vibe.

A quick process note here: When CODO works through Brand Strategy, we roll art direction into the end of that doc. So after we’ve explored your positioning, audience definition, key communication pillars, brand personality, voice and Essence.

Once we've defined these foundational elements, we’re in a good place to have a fun conversation with our clients about what all of this stuff could look like.

If we’re eschewing proper Brand Strategy when handling a package refresh, then we jump straight to art direction by building and discussing mood boards.

 

Mood Boards ( for orienting our teams & quick prototyping )

A Mood Board is a collage that art directs a compelling idea.  

The task at hand — the actual deliverables we’re gearing up to design — will dictate what we gather and focus the boards around.

So if we’re refreshing your identity and packaging, we’ll gather lots of examples that show those sorts of things. If we’re developing custom merch, or a website or a built environment, then we’ll gather images that highlight those sorts of things. 

Mood Boards have two distinct benefits in our process. The first is that they’re a great way of getting your team’s vision out of your heads and onto paper.

Don’t tell us you want your cans to look “vintage.” That can mean the 1880s or the 1980s. Show me what vintage means to you.

Mood Boards are a phenomenal tool for orienting our teams to ensure we’re on the same page before moving into the design phase. 

The second benefit here is that they allow you to quickly prototype different aesthetic directions.

If you’re working with a creative partner that is haphazardly shepherding your project, they might jump right into design and come back in a few weeks with 5 or 6 options for you to consider. But 4 or 5 (or 6) of those concepts might not be appropriate.

So everyone’s time (and money and energy) is wasted.

Mood Boards prevent this by allowing you to “try on” a look in your head and immediately gut check it against everything you already know about your brewery’s brand.

Does this direction feel right? Yes? Then let’s explore some packaging concepts that look like this. 

This gives you an invaluable set of guard rails as you move into the design phase and is even more critical without formal Strategy to fall back on.





Now that we’ve discussed art direction, let’s move outside of your brewery’s walls and explore how your competitive set should inform your package refresh.

(Above): Formal Brand Strategy vs. Mood Boards. Strategy frames your brewery's positioning, audience, key messaging, brand voice, personality and values. Mood Boards focus strictly on surface level look and feel.

Stay tuned for case studies on both of these projects, by the way — one is a legacy brewery rebrand and the other is how we helped one of American's oldest craft breweries launch a hard cider Brand Extension.




 

2

Competitive set audit 

Note: At CODO, the competitive audit happens during the Brand Strategy and/or art direction process. But I’m breaking this point out here separately to examine it on its own. 



One thing we want to be mindful of as we move from the Art Direction phase into the design leg of a package refresh is what your competitive set looks like.

A competitive set audit is simply taking stock of your competition to see where they fall on a variety of points.

This can include price and package formats, beer and beverage styles, overall business models (e.g. taproom focused vs. heavy off-premise push), Brand Architecture models, prevalent sales channels, and more germane to a package refresh, their packaging aesthetics and softer things like their brand voice and personality. 

How does your competition show up on shelf? And are there any clear opportunities for visual differentiation?

This process can include walking your local set, and visiting retailers like bottle shops, liquor stores, chain retail and on-premise accounts (whatever is applicable to your project and market). You’ll take lots of photos, purchase products as needed and get an overall lay of the land.

(I’m guessing you do this every time you set foot in a grocery or liquor store anyway. I certainly do. But this is a more formal process wherein you’re visiting multiple outlets to grab photos and talk to the retailers.)

On-premise usually isn’t a major consideration during a package refresh, but it never hurts to get an idea of what’s going on in this channel as well: What’s the handle lineup look like, what’s being offered / featured, what sort of POS is your competition using to support their draft program, etc.

You'll also want to work with your distributor(s) to back your field work up with more quantitative data — trends, sales numbers, depletion rates, etc. — to lend some objective data to this mix.

Once you have all this information, you’ll chart it out in a way that allows you to easily make sense of it and aid in whatever decision(s) you’re making. 

The final outcome of this process will be a document that clearly lays out all of your competition’s packaging. You’ll use this to compare package design concepts later on because it lets you see where you could, and shouldn’t, take your brand visually. 

Oh, everyone uses this color, or, no one’s really using can cartons here. Could that be an opportunity? Everything is overly-minimal, or, dear God, it’s all hazy IPAs. Hundreds of them… etc. Perhaps we introduce a lightly-fruited sour beer?

(Above): A quick look at how we share the competitive set audit during a package refresh. Here, we're looking at how our proposed packaging concepts stack up, and stand out, from the rest of your competitors.

(Sorry for the obnoxious redaction. We'll have a case study on this project for you in early 25.)



 


A package refresh can be a faster and more affordable process than a thorough rebrand. However, one place you can’t shortcut is your stakeholder management. 

Let’s talk about that now. 
 


3

Process Management: You need to have conversations with the right stakeholders

We treat our package refresh kickoffs no different from our in-depth rebranding projects. When we talk with folks here, we’re still asking the same deep Brand questions, and talk with a variety of stakeholders across your business. 

This starts with your Executive Team, and extends all the way through your chain internally from production folks, front and back of house staff, marketing and sales team members and operations people. It also extends externally to distributor and key retail partners. 

Quick note here: As a general rule, we try to keep our project teams — Executive Teams, in particular — as small as possible. Any more than 5 and I start to get nervous. (And 4 is better than 5.) This isn’t me being a prima donna designer who doesn’t want to have our precious work judged by more people, but rather, a preemptive strike against decision making by committee.

We’ve covered stakeholder and process management in previous BBT issues. Here are a few resources on this topic: 

Organizing your stakeholders ahead of a refresh [Podcast]

– Who should be involved in your brewery's rebrand [Craft Beer, Rebranded]



Finish strong ( staggered rebrand launch + internal & external alignment )

Launching your package refresh will be an exciting process. This usually requires less handholding and messaging than you’d need when launching a rebrand.

That being said, a lot of what you need to manage when launching a rebrand still applies to a package refresh.

– You still need to engage your key stakeholders early on (via your ABP, plus separate meetings to get your distributors & retailers looped in and excited)

– You still need to plan ahead for production constraints (e.g. factoring in time for production — decorating cans vs. PSLs vs. sleeves, working through dead stock, etc.)

– You still need to put together a social launch campaign

– You need to make sure your retail activation is ready to go, to include updated POS, merch, tap handles, shelf talkers, floor stackers, etc. 

And finally, you’ll likely need to roll this new packaging out as a staggered launch. Revisit our guidance on this brand launch method here.

(Above): Here's a BrewBound article outlining Jai Alai's recent package refresh, including how the Monster Brewing team was thinking about Brand Equity.




Wrapping up 


When should you plan your next refresh? 

Before 2020, I believed you should use your packaging as long as it was working—for decades, even. I believed you should only make a change when you see something bad happening (e.g. softening sales) and that ideally, your packaging would stand the test of time and become iconic. 

Unfortunately, I don’t think this will cut it today. 

Setting aside an obvious perverse incentive (oh look, the guy who owns a branding firm is telling you to continually invest in branding and packaging), I now think there’s a lot of merit to refreshing your packaging more often

And we’ve heard this idea directly from brewery CMOs, distributors and retailers in our project work.

Today, I think the path looks more like this: 

1. Get your Brand Strategy and core identity completely dialed in

2. Refresh your packaging on a 4 to 5 (ish) year clip based on your sales trends and shifts in the competitive landscape

3. And don’t sleep on all the other moving parts needed to build your brand — your seasonal and LTO program, continually refreshing your merch, locking in your ABP and distributor priorities, etc. 

You should consider this work iterative. 

The need to stay top of mind with your fans and other key partners like retailers and distributors — to stay relevant and exciting — will be crucial for thriving over the coming years. 

Your packaging, like your Brand itself, is a living, breathing thing. It is never truly done. It is just done for now. 

 

 

I hope this series helped your team think about how a package refresh can help you thrive and grow and sell a whole lot of beer.

Thanks for read along. I’m glad you’re here.

 

 

Drop me a line if you'd like to discuss your brewery's packaging.

Around the Shop

[Companion Podcast] – How to successfully refresh your brewery's packaging

Listen in as Cody and I discuss the nuts and bolts of actually managing a package refresh. This includes a handful of best practices CODO has picked up after handing dozens of these engagements that your team should think about as you consider whether or not this is an appropriate option for your brewery.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-successfully-refresh-your-brewerys-packaging/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss a handful of best practices CODO has learned after handling several dozen package refreshes.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Package Refresh Series, Issue 3: How to Successfully Refresh Your Brewery’s Packaging

2. Staggered Rebrand Launch [Podcast]

3. Email Isaac to discuss your package refresh: isaac@cododesign.com

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/074-how-to-successfully-refresh-your-brewerys-packaging/
Package Refreshes vs. Brand Refreshes (vs. Rebrands)
VOL. 074

Package refreshes can drive amazing results, IF you don't have a Brand problem.

***

Morning. Before we get started, I wanted to signal boost the North Carolina Craft Brewers Guild's guidance for how you can support breweries impacted by Hurricane Helene. Here are direct links to their recommended local charity orgs if you're inclined to help.

***

This series is a Beer Branding Trends Newsletter exclusive. If there's someone on your team you think would benefit from reading along, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here so they receive everything.

***


Hi, there. 

Welcome to the second issue of our package refresh series. 

Last time we spoke, we laid out why package refreshes are such an important trend in the brewing industry right now. 

Today, we’re going to explore the line between package refreshes, brand refreshes and rebrands, why the difference between these processes matters, and how to ensure you're addressing the right problem in the first place.

Let’s start by laying out how we frame any conversation we have with our clients ahead of any revamp.

 

 

Evolution vs. Revolution

We love the heuristic, “Evolution vs. Revolution,” because it helps to understand our client’s intent. 

Here's a passage on this from Craft Beer, Rebranded:

Are you completely reshaping your brewery’s culture and positioning? Are we throwing your logo out with the bathwater and creating wholesale visual change across the board? Or, are we building on decades of work and hard-earned goodwill to make subtle updates in a natural progression? Would it be a misstep to jettison the visual signifiers and concepts behind your company as it stands? Or, does it make more sense to build upon, hone and enhance what already exists?



It’s okay if you’re not sure which path is correct at this point, but by sitting with this idea and debating it internally amongst your team, you can usually get a good idea of what problems you want to address and what you'd like to achieve through this process in the time it takes to enjoy a few beers.

Okay, now that we’ve got some fuzzy, philosophical considerations out of the way, let’s lay out some concrete definitions. 

 

Rebrand 

A rebrand represents a shift in your core messaging and positioning. This starts with upstream business and brand strategy considerations, including your long term vision—deciding what spaces you want to compete in, how your brewery is positioned, how you wish to be perceived, and defining your most compelling and ownable differentiator(s), brand values and key messaging pillars.

All of this Brand Strategy, once developed, drives the look and feel of your brand identity and packaging. (This would be “Revolution.”)




(Below): There was a profound disconnect between Prost Brewing's brand identity and the beer they made every day. So in 2018, we rebranded this Colorado brewery to better tell this story and present on shelf. Their resulting growth has been fun to watch. Read CODO's original case study on this project here.

Brand Refresh 

By contrast, a brand refresh is more of a visual, surface-level identity update—call it a fresh coat of paint. In this scenario, your brand values and positioning (most of that foundational strategy stuff we're focusing on during a rebrand) still holds true, but your brand identity and packaging may just need some level of updating.

This work will build on, or evolve, your existing identity. So it’s not a sweeping change, but an evolution.




(Below): Left Field Brewery was in need of a subtle brand refresh. So subtle that, according to our strategy work, "a fan might not even notice a change had taken place." This approach works well when you have a great foundation — positioning, messaging and voice, in particular. Read more about this revamp on our blog.

Package Refresh 

A package refresh, is when you update your packaging on its own while leaving your core brand identity as is. So the end result would be new packaging adorned with your existing logo and broader identity components.

These are tactical projects, and they can make a lot of sense when your brewery’s positioning, messaging and broader brand and brand identity are good-to-go and your packaging just needs a facelift. This process focuses more on addressing annoying pain points and inconsistencies than solving an existential crisis.

Package refreshes work well when:

– Your Brand Strategy (positioning, messaging, values, voice and personality) is compelling and aligns with where you want to take the business in the coming years 

– Your core brand identity is working well (your main mark is strong and recognizable and rounded out with a robust Modular Brand Identity System)

– Sales are flat, but not in a free fall, or…

– Sales are trending up, and you want to capitalize on, and maintain, that momentum 

– Your beer / beverages are as good as they can be (i.e. we’re not attempting to mask a sub par product with great visuals)

– You’ve got a squared away, energized team that’s ready to hit the streets and move some beer

– Market and competitive set changes have presented you with an exciting opportunity (e.g. a competitor closes up shop, wholesaler consolidation has affected you in some way, new advantageous legislation has passed, etc.)

If any of this criteria is met, then a package refresh can be a great investment, especially when compared to a more costly rebrand.

(Above): Fernson Brewing's Brand and brand identity were in good shape. But their team wanted to revamp their packaging to stand more on each SKU's own identity vs. their parent brand itself. 

Read a thorough case study on this package refresh here.




 

Now that we've got a shared vocabulary, let’s explore some important nuances of the package refresh process.



1

How big a swing can you take?

Our Evolution vs. Revolution heuristic applies to the package refresh process as well. 

Do you want to subtly evolve your packaging or take a bigger swing? And how should your visual and Brand Equity inform this decision?

Our usual caveat here is that every project, background context and competitive set will differ and therefor call for a different solution, however, I would offer a package refresh doesn’t have to be as limiting as a brand refresh.

In other words, don’t let the term “refresh” limit you here. 

You can change your packaging, even dramatically so, through this process. 

Assuming this is a true package refresh and we’re not updating your brand identity, then your logo, along with any sacrosanct visual equity (e.g. SKU colors, or a long-standing packaging composition) should provide enough continuity to ensure your update doesn’t push too far away from where you stand today. 

In this way, a package refresh can be an opportunity to take a bigger departure from where your packaging currently sits, so long as that aligns with your project and positioning goals. 

Our work with Fernson Brewing (shown above) is a great example of a package refresh that dramatically departs from their previous packaging's look and feel.
 

Your equity calls for a refresh. 

One counter to everything I just laid out — so, an argument against making too drastic a change — would be if your packaging has enough visual equity that you have to evolve this look through your update. 

We’ve explored visual and Brand Equity at length on this newsletter and podcast. In the interest of keeping this issue somewhat short, you can revisit some of our most popular pieces on these concepts below:

 What is Brand Equity, really?

Defining your Brand Equity: Fast & Slow + Companion Podcast 

When to jettison your Brand Equity





The risk of pushing too far and not honoring your visual and Brand Equity through a package refresh is real. People can easily lose track of you on shelf, or become confused and/or alienated by the change. And with thousands of other options immediately at their disposal, they can simply move on without a second thought.

But if you see a big enough opportunity, or if that equity doesn't align with where you want to take your brand over the coming years, then don't be overly-precious about it. 

Again, your project context — your brewery’s Brand Strategy, your competitive set, your project goals, pain points and broader vision for your business — will all dictate whether or not this is a strategically-sound path. 

(Above): Our package refresh work with Tinker Coffee is a great example where, though there was a good amount of visual equity at hand, it didn't make sense to carry that through to the new look and feel. 



 

2

Brand Strategy (to invest or not invest?)

I’ve hinted at this a few times and would like to address it head on now. 

If we had our druthers — and if budget and timeline were never a limiting factor — we would work through formal Brand Strategy on every major engagement. 

But one of the biggest reasons why your brewery might consider a package refresh is that you can occasionally get away with not working through formal Brand Strategy. This means you’re looking at a faster overall project timeline and can potentially save tens of thousands of dollars in Strategy work.

But back to our earlier point here, in order for this to work, you have to be 100% confident that your brewery's positioning, key messaging, values, brand voice and personality and identity system are all in a solid place and will help you build your brand over the coming years. 

You need to be sure that a package refresh is actually what’s needed to solve whatever problem is that you want to address in the first place. 

 

Where these projects can falter

The reason we push for strategy as often as we do is that without working through that process, there’s no mechanism for your team (or your design partner) to verify that you’re actually correct about your Brand and brand identity being good to go.

So you could kick off a package refresh, only to realize later on that there’s a deeper issue at hand. This will require a mid-to-late stage regroup. And even if your team is able to manage this and unwind the problem, this isn’t ideal. 



Of course, you can be right. 

We’ve worked with some of the brightest minds throughout the beer and beverage industry — folks I wouldn’t hesitate to hire if given the chance. So this isn’t a critique of you and your ability to measure your brand’s effectiveness.

It's more a matter of perspective.

Working every day at the brewery means you’re closer to your brand and business than any outsider can ever be. And this closeness can hinder your ability to be objective about your business (or more germane to our discussion here, how well your Brand and brand identity are performing).

My advice here is to be open to using Brand Strategy as a diagnostic tool to make sure a package refresh will help you accomplish your goals. 

(Above): Brand Strategy doc we developed to build the Cold Drinking Beer brand. We'll dive more into the difference between Brand Strategy and Art Direction in the final issue in this series. 


 

 

My biggest caution before you embark on your package refresh:



3

Make sure you don’t need to solve a Brand problem 

This is so important that it bears repeating: A Package refresh can be a great investment IF your brand and Brand Strategy are on a strong foundation.

Are you facing a surface-level packaging (and portfolio and competitive set) problem? Or, is there a deeper brand problem at hand?

Some things that point to a more surface level issue:

– Your packaging is inconsistent 

– Your naming convention is inconsistent

– Several key competitors have recently rebranded or updated their packaging 

– Your packaging hierarchy is confusing

– Your packaging hasn’t been updated for several years 

– You’re seeing flat (to slightly declining) sales 

– Your packaging looks terrible (no need to sugar coat this)

 

Some things that point to a deeper, upstream positioning and Brand issue:

– You have no clear, compelling story

– You’re chasing trends (in beer and the Fourth Category)

– Your distributor and retail partners aren’t bought into your brand 

– You’re seeing a steep decline in sales 

– You feel like you’re reinventing the wheel with each new release 

– Your portfolio lacks focus and clear priorities 


If you’re dealing with problems from the former group, then a package refresh can be a phenomenal option to increase your sales. 

If you’re dealing with more existential problems from the latter group, don’t fret. These can be resolved as well, but it will take more than a package revamp to get you where you need to be. 

(Above): Grab a copy of Craft Beer, Rebranded Book Bundle if you're not sure whether a refresh or a formal rebrand is most appropriate for your brewery. (And don't forget to save $15 with the code above). 




Wrapping up

A package refresh can be a great option if your brand identity and strategy are working well. But if they’re not, a refresh will likely not have the impact you’re after. And if that’s the case, you’ll likely end up worse off than if you had done nothing because you invested time and capital into this change (to accomplish nothing). 

Make sure you take stock of your identity and strategy before deciding that a refresh is the best course of action.

If you determine you’re not dealing with a Brand problem, then you can move forward and refresh your packaging in confidence.

 


Thanks for reading along.

In our next issue, we’ll explore some of the finer points and best practices for managing your package refresh.

Around the Shop

[Companion Podcast] – Package refreshes vs. brand refreshes (vs. rebrands)

Cody and I recorded a companion podcast on this issue's topic. Give it a listen if you want more background on how these approaches are similar and where they differ.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/package-refreshes-vs-brand-refreshes-vs-rebrands/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the key differences between package refreshes, brand refreshes and rebrands as well as why these nuances matter.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Package Refresh Series, Issue 2: Package Refreshes vs. Brand Refreshes (vs. Rebrands)

2. Email Isaac to discuss your brewery’s package refresh: isaac@cododesign.com

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/073-package-refreshes-vs-brand-refreshes-vs-rebrands/
Package refreshes. So hot right now.
VOL. 073

Why are package refreshes so hot right now?

***

1. This series is a Beer Branding Trends Newsletter exclusive. If there's someone on your team you think would benefit from reading along, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here so they receive everything.

2. Shoot me an email if you'd like to discuss refreshing your brewery's packaging.

***


Hi, there!

And welcome to the first issue of our 3-part series on package refreshes.

Today, we’re going to explore why so many breweries across the country are refreshing their packaging right now.

We’re going to deep dive into the nuances between rebrands, brand refreshes and package refreshes in our second issue in this series. But for a quick definition here, a package refresh is simply when you update your packaging on its own while leaving your core brand identity as is. So the end result would be new packaging adorned with your existing logo

But before getting into that, we need to understand the confluence of trends that are driving this shift in the first place.

Let’s get into that now. 

Why are breweries refreshing their packaging right now? 

 

Here’s our series thesis: 

There are more breweries today in the US than anytime in history, yet consumers are drinking less beer. This has led to flat-to-declining sales for breweries of all sizes across the country. The fallout? Marketing budgets are tighter than ever.

But this comes at a time when investing in your branding, packaging and marketing is more important due to all the aforementioned competition.

This means that breweries are carefully weighing their options and investing where they expect to see an outsized return. In this landscape, package refreshes have emerged as a compelling strategy to stay top of mind with consumers. 


Let’s dig into this thesis a bit deeper now. 

 


 

1

Package refresh vs. a deeper rebrand: On weighing risk vs. reward 

The biggest issue driving a shift towards package refreshes is the challenging market we’re all facing.

A tough market necessitates being nimble no matter what, but in this context, a wholesale rebrand, complete with Brand Strategy, updating your brand identity, packaging (and the rest of your touch points: merch, website, way showing, sales materials and POS, etc.) and managing the complex process of launching the new look — represents a big investment (both in time and budget), that you might not be able to swing right now. 

To put it bluntly, rebranding is never without risk. And we're seeing people becoming more risk averse and more budget conscious due to the economic environment we’re in. 

Earlier this year, Allagash founder Rob Tod put it well when we he said that today’s beer market is a “game of inches.” Every dollar counts. Every barrel, every case, every account, all of it. 

And unless your brewery’s brand identity and positioning pose an immediate and existential threat to your business, it can be easier, faster and less risky to look for opportunities to drive incremental growth elsewhere.

So, a brand refresh that addresses annoying inconsistencies, or a package refresh that breathes new life into your on-shelf presence may be a better investment than burning everything to the ground and starting fresh 29 years in (even if that's what your heart really wants). 

TLDR: A package refresh can be help you find a quick win without as much risk.

 

Cost is subjective ( *a quick note )

I’ve mentioned a few times that package refreshes are more affordable than a formal rebrand.

I need to qualify that a refresh can be more affordable relative to a rebrand where you’re working through Brand Strategy (positioning and audience definition, brand voice, key communication pillars, Brand Essence and Architecture) and a Brand Identity update en route to refreshing your packaging. 

If — and this is a big IF that we’ll explore in issue 3 — your brand is on solid footing, then a package refresh can be a great investment that bypasses the additional cost (in budget and time) of a larger rebrand.

2

Your packaging is dusty (it hasn’t been updated since…)

There’s no hard and fast rule here, but if your packaging hasn’t been updated in 5+ years, it may be time to freshen everything up.

Why 5 years? Well… *gestures vaguely out the window* 

The last 5 years has presented a confluence of market changes, including a pandemic, channel shifting (home-premise vs. on-premise), shifting LDA demographics, consumers drinking across a variety of Bev Alc categories (to include NA options) and now, entrenched inflation. You’re also contending with increasingly blurred category lines (full of beyond beer / Fourth Category beverages), middle tier consolidation and (likely) significant changes to your competitive set.

And all of this happened hot on the heels of a period (the late 2010s) that saw as many as 3 breweries opening in the United State per day.

TLDR: A lot has changed over the last few years. And if your packaging, and along with it, your overall presentation and messaging, hasn’t evolved, you may be getting overlooked in the cold box.

A package refresh can be a tactical way to breathe new life into your off-premise presentation and give shoppers another reason to notice you.

3

You’ve gone through several in-house designers and/or agency partners and can clearly see the inconsistent label design style strata across your different brands

This is a common pain point for breweries that have been open for a while. If you’ve worked with multiple in-house designers, freelance partners or agencies, you're almost guaranteed to be able to see these various eras throughout your portfolio. 

You may have some illustration-heavy SKUs, and some minimal ones, and some that look more like Endorsed Brands than flagship beers…

Yeah, Kim designed those 2 cans, and Tom designed that one. That's when we tried to change our logo on our own…

This is exacerbated if each of these successive partners works in their own style vs. adhering to a dedicated set of Brand Guidelines.

No matter how it shakes out, a package refresh is a great opportunity to break everything down to the studs and start over. You can build on what's working, jettison the rest and bring everything in line so that it hangs together on shelf. This will help you rein in and systemize your packaging across the board. 

4

Your sales are flat (but not in a free fall)

Let’s throw 2020 out as an anomaly. From there, 2021 was a rebound year for almost everyone in the industry, with many of our clients posting one of their best years ever. Then 2022 was down. And 2023 was really down, or at least flat, for many. 

Breweries of all sizes are facing flat sales right now. So if you're in this boat, don't take it personally. As we outlined above, you're working against major headwinds that go far beyond your taproom walls. 

I wanted to include this point because most (but not all) of the refreshes we've handled in the last few years were done to reverse this trend and sell more beer after a generally flat period. 

If your sales are flat and not in free fall, let's call it hanging consistently at 10–20% down from your peak YOY for a few years in a row, then a refresh can be a good way of knocking some dust off and increasing sales. 

Check with your distributor and state brewers guild for more concrete benchmarking data to see where you stack up if need be.

If, however, you're seeing deeper declines, 30–50%+ down YOY for a few years, there may be a deeper issue at hand that a package refresh won't resolve.

This could point to any number of things, from a production quality issue (are you actually making great beer?), to a distribution and retail problem (are you actively gaining new placements? are you selling through?), to a branding and core positioning problem (do people know what you stand for? or that you exist? if you went out of business, would they even notice?), etc.

You have to decide where this line is. But our main takeaway is that a refresh can work great as long as you're not attempting to paper over a bigger problem. (We'll explore this idea in depth in our next few issues.)

But again, this isn’t the end of the world. You may just need to address some other issues before you get to your packaging revamp. 

(Above): Dogfish Head has been refreshing its packaging on a 4(ish) year clip for the last decade. This latest iteration brings their beer and RTD lines under a more cohesive look and feel by focusing one the "shark and shield" mark in a consistent spot. 




5 

Things are going well (you’re winning new placements and sales are increasing YOY) and you want to invest in your brand while the sun’s shining

Enough doom and gloom. Let's get positive for a moment. 

We’ve handled a few packaging refreshes (though more often, these are more thorough brand refreshes) to capitalize on a period of growth and maintain momentum. 

So here, we're not working to right the ship and/or reverse a negative trend. Instead, we’re giving it some gas so you can keep building on your momentum and stack wins. 

NoDa and Fernson's refreshes are recent examples that illustrate this concept well. 

NoDa Brewing is a 13 year old Legacy Brewery in the hyper-competitive Charlotte, North Carolina market that needed to clarify messaging and bring more cohesion to their portfolio.

Fernson Brewing is 9 year old brewery in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. We refreshed their packaging (after a period of growth) to allow for more Sub Brand development within their portfolio as they expand into other markets. 

The takeaway here is that in both cases, things were going well. Both outfits were growing YOY, and they invested in their packaging now while the getting is good. 

It's far easier to invest in your business — to pay down debt, handle planned maintenance, make a major CapEx investment in the brewhouse, hire killer talent, etc. — while everything is calm and quiet and the revenue is free flowing. 

It's far tougher to cut that check when your sales start to flatten.

If you're in a position to, you might consider making hay while the sun shines. 

(Above): Read more about how CODO helped revamp NoDa's packaging here.



 

6

You’ve rationalized your portfolio and want to clean everything up now that you have a clear set of priorities 

We’re seeing a lot of SKU rationalization amongst our larger brewery clients (30k+ bbl). And after a few years of this, you'll end up with a more streamlined product lineup.  

A package refresh can be a good way of officially re-introducing these brands to your distributor and broader market.

We usually see this driver run in tandem with these points as well: 

– You’re making some format changes to save costs on production (and possibly decrease turnaround time for new releases)—moving from a 16oz to a 12oz can, moving from bottles to cans, from painted cans to pressure sensitive labels, etc. 

– You're introducing a new flagship brand and want to bring everything up to snuff  

– You're revamping your ABP presentation and want to bring something to the table that gets your wholesale partners excited

7

Package Refresh as a stop gap: You’re planning on a deeper branding effort in the coming years, but still need to make a change now

We’ve seen a few cases lately where a brewery is considering a more thorough rebrand, but due to any number of reasons — budget constraints, production issues, an impending ownership shakeup, lack of capacity, bringing new locations online, navigating a crucial lease renewal — they still need might need to refresh their packaging now to address some immediate issues. 

This isn’t ideal, obviously, but it’s indicative of the market we're in today. The beer industry is shifting and it’s going to become increasingly difficult to launch a full scale rebrand like we used to back in the late 2010's. 

But you may still have to make a change right now, regardless.

If you’re in this position, revisit our thinking on Staggered Rebrand Launches to see how you can incrementally roll out your rebrand and turn this seemingly negative situation into a positive.

(Above): Here's a Lagunitas blog that outlines the first big change (the middle image, above). And here's a BrewBound article that details their new refresh (the bottom image, above), done just 16 months after the first look rolled out.




8

You need to address an Intellectual Property (IP) issue 

We normally see IP issues stem more from corporate naming (or beer naming) conflicts than with package design and trade dress. But then, we've handled two package refreshes over the last year that were driven expressly by an IP issue. 

In one case, the brewery had previously refreshed their packaging (just a few years prior), only for it to end up looking too similar to a large competitor in their market (Oops). 

In the other case, the brewery was dealing with a lingering IP issue with a much larger competitor (think international conglomerate) that had finally decided to crack down on the situation after a few years of sending vague letters.

If you have an IP issue hanging over your head, consider whether or not a simple package refresh could be an effective way of addressing the problem (while also cleaning up some other inconsistencies and minor pain points along the way). 

Wrapping up

It's important to note that the drivers we've explored here rarely occur in isolation. More often, breweries face several of these challenges simultaneously, making a package refresh an attractive solution to address multiple issues at once.

A package refresh can be a great investment for breweries looking to make a change without the commitment of a more thorough rebrand.

If handled well, it allows you to update your shelf presence and increase sales while maintaining your core brand identity.

However, it's crucial to assess your situation carefully. While a refresh can solve many problems, this isn't a panacea.

We'll explore this idea — the differences between package refreshes, rebrands and brand refreshes (+ why the difference matters) — in our next issue.

Thanks for reading along.
 



PS: If you’ve recently refreshed your packaging, or are planning to, shoot me an email and let me know why. Was it something we covered here or another reason entirely?

Around the Shop

Listen to CODO on the BrewBound Podcast

Thanks to Jess and Justin for having me back on the Brewbound Podcast a few weeks back. We hit on several interesting threads in this conversation, including: 

– When your brewery should (and shouldn’t) rebrand 
– Rebrands vs. refreshes (vs. package refreshes)
– Common threads that exist between successful rebrands 
– Should your packaging billboard on shelf? 
– How CODO defines Brand Strategy (and helps our clients frame it)
– Why "staggered" rebrand launches are here to stay 
– And we discuss the Anchor rebrand (and how we might've approached the project)

[Companion Podcast] – Why are package refreshes so hot right now?

Cody and I recorded a companion podcast for today's issue. Give it a listen for more background on why package refreshes are such an attractive option for breweries looking to stand out in today's stacked beer market.

How CODO refreshed Fernson's packaging

Our work with Fernson Brewing is a fun example of a brewery investing in its packaging while things are going well. We put out a detailed case study on this work a while back. Hit the link below to see why their team decided to invest in their packaging now as well as how Brand Architecture played into the project.

And here's a podcast conversation with their team if you prefer that medium.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/why-are-package-refreshes-so-hot-right-now/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to introduce CODO’s new summer BBT newsletter series: The Package Refresh Series. Plus, why *are* package refreshes so hot right now?

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Why are package refreshes so hot right now?

2. Here’s our series thesis: 

There are more breweries today in the US than anytime in history, yet consumers are drinking less beer. This has led to flat-to-declining sales for breweries of all sizes across the country. The fallout? Marketing budgets are tighter than ever.

But this comes at a time when investing in your branding, packaging and marketing is more important due to all the aforementioned competition.

This means that breweries are carefully weighing their options and investing where they expect to see an outsized return. In this landscape, package refreshes have emerged as a compelling strategy to stay top of mind with consumers.

3. Package Refresh vs. a deeper rebrand: On weighing risk vs. reward

4. Cost is subjective here

5. Your packaging is dusty (it hasn’t been updated since…)

6. You’ve gone through several in-house designers and/or agency partners and can clearly see the inconsistent label design style strata across your different brands

7. Your sales are flat (but not in a free fall)

8. Things are going well (you’re winning new placements and sales are increasing YOY) and you want to invest in your brand while the sun’s shining

9. You’ve rationalized your portfolio and want to clean everything up now that you have a clear set of priorities

10. Package Refresh as a stop gap: You’re planning on a deeper branding effort in the coming years, but still need to make a change now

11. You need to address an Intellectual Property (IP) issue

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/072-introducing-the-package-refresh-series/
Introducing: The Package Refresh Series
VOL. 072

Package refreshes can offer a quick win in this tough market.

There hasn’t been a single day since 2018 where CODO hasn’t been engaged in a brewery rebranding project. This includes wholesale rebrands, subtle brand refreshes and more prevalent as of late, package refreshes.  

Over the last 2 years alone, CODO has fielded more package refresh inquiries and projects, than anytime in our 15 year history.

We’re seeing this approach amongst our top 50 brewery clients (those producing ~75k+ bbl per year) down to outfits making ~1,000 bbl per year. And we’ve refreshed packaging for breweries as old as forty years and as young as two. 

So this trend runs the gamut—startup to Legacy. Micro to regional.

This has kept package refreshes top of mind around our shop for a while now.  

And since there’s a good chance your brewery might be considering a revamp some time soon, we figured now would be a good time to give you a run down on everything CODO has learned in our project work on this front: When you should (and shouldn’t) consider a package refresh, what are the pros and cons, nuances, nuts and bolts of this process, etc. 

But most importantly, how can you set your brewery up for success should you decide to refresh your packaging sometime soon? 

To explore this subject, we’ve built a special 3 part collection of Beer Branding Trends Newsletter issues creatively called: The Package Refresh Series. 

Here’s our series thesis: 


The American beer market is more competitive than ever.

Consumers are buying less beer than anytime in the modern era. 

+

Flat-to-declining sales combined with increased inputs across the board have lead to tighter marketing budgets and staffing (creative department head counts) across the industry.

Breweries have to carefully invest in their brand to stay relevant without breaking the bank. 

=

Refreshes, particularly package refreshes, are trending as a lower cost option (relative to full rebrands) as a way to stay top of mind with consumers. 

And if handled well, these moves can often net a great return with less risk.

 

 

We'll explore this idea in the following issues (and companion podcasts) over the coming weeks:

Issue 1: Why are so many breweries refreshing their packaging right now? ( Sept. 17 )

Issue 2: Package refreshes vs. brand refreshes (vs. rebrands) ( Oct. 1 )

Issue 3: How to successfully refresh your brewery’s packaging ( Oct. 15 ) 

 

 

This series is a BBT exclusive, so if there’s someone on your team — another designer, a co-founder, a marketing director, a brewer or investor — you think would benefit from reading along, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here so they receive everything in real time.

Thanks for reading along. (I’m glad you’re here.)

We’ll be back in your inbox on September 17 to kick this all off.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/introducing-the-package-refresh-series/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss Brand Essences and how they help to make your Brand Strategy actionable.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. What is a Brand Essence?

2. Brand Strategy vs. business strategy

3. Examples of Brand Essences

4. Can these become public facing?

5. Brand Essences and Mood Boards ensure a smooth transition from strategy to design

6. Mood Boards serve as a phenomenal rapid prototyping tool

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/071-make-your-brand-strategy-actionable/
What we got wrong in the Beyond Beer Handbook
VOL. 071

What we've learned about Brand Architecture since publishing The Beyond Beer Handbook.

Morning. 

This week (August 15, to be exact) marks the 2 year publishing anniversary of CODO’s latest book, The Beyond Beer Handbook.

As a refresher, this book captures everything Cody and I learned from 2.5 years of client work and research into Brand Architecture. Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, this is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Here are some fun metrics:

– We’ve sold ~500 copies. These aren't NYT best seller numbers, but I’m confident this is the best selling book on beer and beverage Brand Architecture in the world. It helps that this is the only beer and beverage Brand Architecture book in the world.

– Our Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.) has been downloaded 4,300+ times.

– The BBH site itself has welcomed more than 42,000 unique visitors. (This sounds impressive until you revisit that sales figure.)

– And Cody and I have traveled all over the country to speak about Brand Architecture at 7 brewers conferences, culminating with a presentation at CBC this past April in Las Vegas.

 

 

These numbers are fun to share, but that’s not my aim here. Instead, I want to talk about what we got wrong in The Beyond Beer Handbook (BBH). Or at least, what we’ve learned in the 2 years since publishing BBH.

Here are a handful of things I wish we’d known and/or done differently back when we were writing this book back in 2021.

1

We should have expanded the book’s scope

When we wrote The Beyond Beer Handbook, CODO had spent 2.5 years helping breweries launch beyond beer / fourth category beverages (seltzers, RTDs, distilleries, coffees, etc.). We handled this work every single day over that period. 

So this was the lens through which we wrote The Beyond Beer Handbook: How can your brewery launch a new XYZ? 

It was very product based.

If I had it to do over again, I would change the book’s title and slightly shift the focus to be less about launching a specific product, and be more about how you can use Brand Architecture to work through a variety of more challenging business decisions. 

We still help breweries position, brand and launch new products today. But more often than not, we’re hired to solve deeper problems than how to position a new beyond beer brand.

Here are a handful of problems we’ve helped clients navigate over the last year:

– Our brewery just purchased another brewery. We want to keep a few of their core brands, but aren’t sure how to (or how not to) position these within our portfolio.

– We just acquired another brewery primarily for their taproom. Should we keep their brand in place and run this as a bar, or bring it under our brewery’s brand, or rebrand it entirely, or…? 

– We’ve built a healthy portfolio of brands (House of Brands). When should our corporate brand be publicly-visible? When does this become necessary and/or advantageous?

– We want to launch a light beer brand, but aren’t sure if it makes sense to tie it to our brewery’s parent brand. 

– We’re getting into the cannabis industry and aren’t sure how much separation we should put between our parent brand and this new line.

– Our Legacy Brewery has always had a monolithic Branded House model (e.g. XYZ Brewing Pale Ale, XYZ Brewing Pilsner). We’re considering introducing fanciful names as a first step toward building a few Sub Brands but still aren’t sure if this is the right move. 

– Our best selling Hazy IPA is an insane growth engine. We’ve got a few ideas for Line Extensions but are terrified that we’ll kill our golden goose. How can we safely extend this brand?

– We’ve been approached by someone who wants to invest in one of our core brands. We’re open to this idea but aren’t sure how to approach this from a branding perspective.

 


 

I could keep going here, but you get my point. 

Brand Architecture is a framework for growing your business, and I think our laser focus on using it as a tool for launching fourth category products in BBH sells its value short. 

(Above): Our work with Fernson Brewing is a good example of a brewery shifting away from a Monolithic Brand House and embracing Sub Brands. 


 


2

We should have spent more time explaining how your brewery can (and should) develop a Brand Architecture Map 

A Brand Architecture Map is a 30k foot view of all the brands, products and services your brewery offers. 

This can help you intuitively group specific products into lines, retire or shift other brands, and identify new extension target category opportunities. It also helps you call out how specific brands should look and feel, how they’re merchandised, how they're positioned and how they rise above category canon.

We didn't spend enough time on this in BBH, and I can’t for the life of me understand how this happened. 

(Let’s just blame Cody on this one.)

3

Brand Architecture is an invaluable tool for future proofing your portfolio 

Another compelling reason to build a Brand Architecture Map is that it can guide your new product development (NPD) and innovation pipeline over the coming years. 

We first heard this idea when rebranding Good George Brewing out of New Zealand. 

Now, this isn’t revelatory — this is how Brand Architecture has been used for years in CPG branding. But CODO is seeing more dedicated engagements where we’re helping breweries get a lay of the land as far as their current portfolio sits as a means of mapping out other segments and categories a brewery can explore. Or to our bullet list from above, how you can roll a potential acquisition into the fold, how you can spin out and scale a Sub Brand, where it could make sense to co-brand, or line extend, etc. 

This shrinks the timeline it takes to go from initial idea to product launch because you’ve already done the leg work on which categories make sense to explore and how your brewery might release (name, brand and position) a new product in that segment, should you decide to do so. 

This idea wasn’t an oversight from when we wrote BBH. It was just something we hadn’t run into in our project work up to that point. 

(Above): We developed a comprehensive Brand Architecture Map for New Zealand's Good George Brewing specifically to help map out their future NPD work. Read more about this rebrand here.


 


4

Sub / Endorsed Brands are a clutch tool for safely expanding your brewery’s brand 

An important part of our thesis in BBH was that literature on Brand Architecture tends to fall into one of two camps. 

The first camp presents Brand Architecture as a simple binary decision (e.g. you’re either a Branded House or a House of Brands. Done. Go to market!). 

The second camp is geared more toward multinational conglomerate portfolio strategy (e.g. how should Unilever release a new shampoo that won’t compete with its 12 other shampoo brands?). This is the type of overly-complicated stuff that gets MBAs excited — verticals, creating divisions, determining diversified vs. focused-value propositions, intrinsic vs. extrinsic benefits, co-drivers, token endorsements, shadow drivers (oooh, mysterious), varying levels of brand equity and so forth. It is cumbersome and overly-complicated. 

But between these two poles — overly-simple, and overly-complex — lies a nuanced set of strategies you can use to launch any new brand.  

Sub / Endorsed Brands, in particular, have a lot of utility in CPG brand building, and this is why you’re seeing so much of this in beer branding and portfolio moves today. 

The thing we left out of BBH was how to actually build a Sub Brand. (Here again, this wasn’t so much an omission as it was Cody and I not having enough experience on this front in those early days.)

We remedied this by putting out our Sub Brand Summer series last year. This series introduced our “Sub Brand Ladder” concept which outlines how can your brewery go from initial idea to building a platform and scaling a Sub Brand to the point where it becomes its own living breathing brand, entirely separate from your parent brand.

Here are those links in case you want a refresher:

Part 1: Sub Brands: So hot right now  +  Podcast

Part 2: Sub Brands vs. Endorsed Brands  +  Podcast 

Part 3: How to scale the Sub Brand Ladder  +  Podcast 

We’re wrapping up several great projects on this front and plan to share case studies over the coming year, so stay tuned for more on this topic if you’re interested. 

We didn’t spend enough time on the House of Brands / Hybrid Brand models 

When we wrote BBH, we mostly saw the House of Brands model used amongst larger beer and Bev Alc groups. e.g. ABI, Boston Beer Company, Artisanal Brewing Ventures, Diageo, etc.

This dynamic changed almost overnight as we began seeing our smaller brewery clients create joint ventures (JVs), acquire other breweries and brands, spin out and grow Sub Brands, launch new standalone brands and in many cases, become (accidental) Hospitality Groups. 

So a House of Brands architecture is not limited to huge (100M+ revenue) concerns only. 

And building on this, we first introduced the Hybrid Brand concept (which is every bit as nuanced as a Brand Extension, Endorsed Brand, or any other Brand Architecture tool) at the end of BBH. It’s actually in the concluding chapter.

As a refresher, a Hybrid Brand model is basically the acknowledgement that over time, your brewery will naturally end up using a variety of Brand Architecture models in concert. So there’s no clean one-and-done system here.

And to introduce this concept in the last few pages of the book and then walk away was shortsighted. (Again, I blame Cody.)

Like a lot of the things we’ve discussed here, this concept is more relevant to breweries today than it was when we published BBH, and we're just now learning this.

Over the coming years, I see almost every brewery in the country employing a Hybrid Brand Architecture model as their business organically ebbs and flows into beer and beyond.

We’ll put out more content on this idea, including a fun case study, early next year. 

(Above): We helped Virginia Beer Co. build the Cold Drinking Beer brand specifically to travel to further afield markets where their parent brand might not have as much traction.

Read about this entire process here.





Wrapping up

There are several other small things we’ve learned over the last few years of project work, but this list captures all the big ticket items. 

And I suspect that I could write another issue like this 2 years from today. Or, if we sell a few hundred more books (here's your code!), maybe we'll put out an expanded second edition. 

Either way, Brand Architecture is a fascinating subject, and I believe any brewery who’s aspiring to grow their business should read up on it.

For some actionable takeaways, here are a few things your team could think about as we head into the end of the year. 

1. Read BBH. I know we just spent an entire issue telling you about what we got wrong or omitted from the book, but it is still a perfect foundational read on Brand Architecture.

2. Create a Brand Architecture map for your brewery and revisit it annually. This will help you understand where your brand(s) sit today as well as other categories you could explore in the coming years.

3. The 7th person to email me with the subject line “Doppelbock” wins a free copy of The Beyond Beer Handbook.

4. I want you to continually fight for, and defend, your parent brand. It’s fun to launch new products, and locations and extensions to grow your business. But it’s also easy to dilute and undermine your core positioning if you’re not careful. 

Read up on Brand Architecture and grow your brand, but make sure you’re protecting your parent brand along the way. 

Around the Shop

[Companion Podcast] – What we got wrong in The Beyond Beer Handbook

Cody and I recorded a podcast on today's topic as well, in case you'd like to listen to us dive deeper into our shortcomings while mowing the lawn, mashing in, jogging, hucking empty bottles at a passing train, etc.

The next time we talk…

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/what-we-got-wrong-in-the-beyond-beer-handbook/
How to de-risk your brewery’s rebrand
VOL. 070

How to de-risk your brewery's rebrand

Morning! 

Quick admin note before we get started: I’m experimenting today by including dozens of links in this issue. 

This is *technically* too many links for a newsletter. Or at least it runs afoul of every email best practice there is. 

But I want to give you a comprehensive look at how to think about, and plan for, your rebrand in case that’s on the horizon. So I’m pulling in several relevant blogs, podcasts and book chapters to give you a deeper context on these issues where appropriate.

Please shoot me an email after reading and let me know what you think:

I love it. More links!

Ew, no. Rein it in champ. 

Alright, let’s get to it. 





Rebranding can be one of the most valuable steps your brewery ever takes. 

If done well, it can breathe new life into your brand, drive an increase in sales and position your brewery for success over the coming years. 

But this process is not without risk. 

If bungled, you can actually see a decline in sales. You can lose important on and off-premise placements. You can alienate long time fans and fail to recruit new drinkers at the same time.

Oh, and you’re spending many tens of thousands of dollars to do all of this. 

(No pressure.)

These risks notwithstanding, we’re helping breweries of all sizes, and ages, across the country (and up in Canada) rebrand right now. So no matter how risky this process can be, the deeper issues driving these moves remain in place.  

CODO has rebranded more than 40 breweries to date, and we’ve developed a repeatable, proven process to help manage this entire process, stem to stern. 

And a big part of this process is laying the important ground work to ensure our clients have a chance to be successful in the first place.

So today, I’d like to walk through a few ways we do this and explore how you can de-risk your rebrand if you’ve got one on deck sometime soon.

(Above): Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your brewery's rebrand.


 

1. 

You need to clearly define what problems & opportunities you’re addressing

Before embarking on a rebrand, it’s important to first examine why you’re wanting to make a change in the first place. 

What pain points are you dealing with that make you think this is the right move? 

What market forces, competitive set changes, and internal shifts make you think that investing in a revamp right now is the best use of your time, energy and capital? 

And on the flip side, what exciting opportunities do you see that a revamp could help you achieve?

Rebranding will always address a variety of pain points, but our project work more often than not revolves around building on and maintaining momentum as much as it does addressing some existential problem.

No matter where you land here, you need to understand what issue(s) you’re addressing so you know the proper next step.

Read more about our Evolution vs. Revolution heuristic to get a quick lay of the land on this idea.

> On Brewery Rebrands: Evolution vs. Revolution [ Podcast ]

> Equally important here is when not to rebrand. [ from Craft Beer, Rebranded ]

(Above): KettleHouse Brewing's rebrand had a clear objective: Carefully evolve their existing identity and set them up for regular releases over the coming years that add to the overall look vs. veering off course.

Read more about this rebrand here.




 

2. 

Do you need a full rebrand, or could a lighter touch brand and/or package refresh accomplish your goals?

A full rebrand can be expensive and takes time to execute properly. But you might not need to rip everything down to the studs here.

If your Brand Strategy calls for it, a more subtle identity and/or package refresh might get you a great return on your investment (minus some of the risk associated with a larger shift). 

Caveat here: Don’t let the tail wag the dog.

You should try to not let budget dictate how you address your problems IF possible. I know every dollar counts right now, but if you actually do need to dramatically change things up for whatever reason, then some sort of refresh, no matter how little you spend on it, likely won’t fix the core problem you need to address in the first place.

We’ve written about package and brand refreshes before. Here are a few links if you'd like to read more on this topic:

> Rebrands vs. Refresh: What’s the difference? [ BBT Issue ]

> When should you refresh your packaging? [ BBT Issue ]

(Above): Fernson Brewing's package refresh is a great example of how a laser-focused update (vs. a broader rebrand) can move the needle. 

Read more about this project here and listen to a podcast conversation with Fernson for even more context here




 

3. 

Identify and involve the the correct stakeholders

Writing this newsletter gives us interesting insight into what people like to read: How does a particular headline affect open rates, which sort of content spurs the most click throughs and/or responses, etc. 

I say this to say that whenever we send out a wonky, more process-focused BBT issue on something like organizing your key stakeholders ahead of a rebrand, it performs an order of magnitude worse than, say, a sexy rebranding case study. 

We’re talking a ~70% average open rate dropping down to ~50%. (Or lower!)

And look, I get it. 

Do you want to read about how to properly interview an investor so they won’t come back and ruin your project two months later because they feel like they weren’t included enough along the way? Oooooor, would you rather watch us sock a few dingers look at a bunch of flashy icons and packaging concepts?

But if you’re planning to rebrand, I maintain that organizing your key stakeholders ahead of time is every bit as mission critical as properly defining your Brand Strategy and making all that killer(!!!) graphic design work.

Why?

Because all of our (and your) hard work — framing your Brand Strategy, building your Modular Brand Identity System development, your packaging and website, whatever it is we’re making — stands a good chance of not making it out into the wild if your internal stakeholders aren’t properly managed.

The project will either go south and not be completed. Or perhaps worse, whatever ends up getting shipped will be watered down and probably won’t help you move the needle anyway.  

I could go on and on here about how important it is to tag in your retailers and distributors, how to engage your fans in this process, how to identify and manage hidden stakeholders and on the importance of fighting off even the slightest hint of a committee being involved in this process. 

But I’ll stop here. Hit this link for further reading on this:

> Organizing your internal rebranding project team [ BBT Issue ]

(Above): Mission Brewing's brand refresh leaned heavily into their visual equity. Read the original case study here.




4. 

It’s Brand Strategy all the way down 

I just outlined how managing all of your key stakeholders is key to a successful outcome. The other half of this equation is properly defining your Brand Strategy. 

Your Brand Strategy includes all the recurring stuff we talk about here on BBT, things like defining:

– Your positioning and key differentiators 
– Your brand voice and personality 
– Your key messaging pillars
– Your brand story 
– Your Brand Essence
– Your strategic objectives (how you will achieve, and maintain, long term differentiation in the marketplace)

+

– How all of this looks and feels via Mood Boards. How you take these ideas into the real world via your brand identity and package design.

This work is important because it gets everyone together to work through challenging issues and make important decisions long before you ever put pencil to paper to work on a logo or can design.

This upstream strategy work drives all of the downstream design decisions. This ensures that all that whiz bang graphic design (that everyone likes looking at so. much. more. than the wonky stuff) is strategically sound and helps you accomplish your goals.

(Above): Brand Strategy work for Good George Brewing's rebrand. Read more about this New Zealand brewery here




5. 

Conduct a Brand Audit to define your visual and Brand Equity 

A brand audit is a rigorous examination of all of your brewery’s internal and external communications going back to your earliest days. This includes any existing positioning and brand strategy documents, your brand identity system (and guidelines), package design, POS and other sales assets, merch, digital (website, social media, email), key events and festivals, and on and on.

You do this to determine what visual and Brand Equity you’ve developed as well as which elements are important to retain and build on moving forward.

This work actually happens during your Brand Strategy phase (at least it does in CODO's process), but no matter when you tackle it, this will be an important part of figuring out how you revamp your brewery’s brand. 

Here are a few more links to learn more about Brand Equity:

> What is Brand Equity, really? [ BBT Issue ]

> Defining your Brand Equity: Fast & Slow [ BBT Issue ]

> When to jettison your Brand Equity [ BBT Issue ]

(Above): One of our project goals for Left Field Brewery's refresh was to update their brand identity and packaging so subtly that their fans might not even notice the change.

Read more about this project here.





6. 

Knock your new work out of the park 

This point sounds obvious, but a great way of de-risking your rebrand is to just crush the graphic design portion of the project. A cool logo update and beautiful packaging will get you noticed in retail and knock off any rough edges from your refresh itself (e.g. the inevitable small group of people who will grumble about any change.)

If we can look at Anchor's catastrophic rebrand as an example, I believe that Anchor’s biggest crime during this process wasn’t throwing away its gorgeous visual equity (though, that’s pretty damn bad), but that they replaced it with abysmally-designed packaging.

To be clear, throwing away all their visual equity was a mistake. Full stop. But if they had replaced it with something that was at least *attractive* (a low bar here), I don't think the push back would've been as extreme.  

Contrast this with Fat Tire’s latest revamp. They threw all equity out the window, but at least the design is lovely. That does’t guarantee this iteration will actually right the ship and help the brand's sagging sales come back, but it isn’t as offensive.

My point is that if you’re revamping your branding and packaging, you have to absolutely crush this work.

It has to be gorgeous and compelling. It has to stand out from your completive set. It has to work across a variety of channels. And if the strategy prescription calls for it, it should honor where you’ve come from while also signaling where your brewery is headed. 

But above all, it needs to be beautiful.

(Above, Top): Anchor Brewing's abysmal rebrand. Read our original thoughts on this (all the way back in issue 2 of BBT) here.

(Above, Bottom): Prost Brewing's rebrand is one of the best case studies in the industry for how a rebrand can drive an increase in sales and growth, even during a down market. Read the original case study here.






7. 

Consider a staggered rebrand launch 

Let’s look way ahead now to when you wrap up and launch your rebrand.

Think about how you’re going to announce this change to the world. How (and when) are you going to let your entire staff and internal B2B stakeholders (retailers and wholesalers) know about the change? 

And when (and how) are you going to tell your fans? How can we use this roll out to celebrate this change and brig your customers along for the ride?

Enter the Staggered Rebrand Launch.

This has become CODO’s de facto recommendation for how breweries should roll out their revamp. 

But back to today’s thesis, a staggered rollout is a great way to de-risk your rebrand because you can put stuff out in the market incrementally, warm people up to the look and control your output (e.g. COGs associated with full implementing your new look all at once).

Here’s how we’ve traditionally handled rollouts. Note, most of this is evergreen, but the ability to turn everything live—launch your new packaging throughout your market, launch your new website, sell shiny new merch—at the same time was more doable before the wild disruptions the industry has experiences since 2020.

So even if you want to switch everything live from one day to the next, a staggered rollout might be a bette routine anyway. 





Wrapping up 


I try not to make these newsletters CODO commercials, but I feel compelled to do so in this instance. 

If your brewery is considering some sort of revamp sometime soon, be that a brand or package refresh, or a wholesale rebrand, please drop me a line to discuss how CODO can help you manage this process.

This is what we do day in and day out. 

And it’s a fun, rewarding process.  

Around the Shop

Stay tuned…

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-de-risk-your-brewerys-rebrand/
Sub Brand Use Cases for your Brewery
VOL. 069

Sub Brand Use Cases

Morning! 

We’ve been writing about Sub / Endorsed Brands, and Brand Architecture, heavily for the last few years.

And this is showing no sign of slowing down—both the continued march of Sub Brands as an important Brand Strategy move in today’s maturing beer market, aaaaaand me writing about it. (Sorry.)

Today, I wanted to share a few interesting Sub Brand use case we’ve come across in our project work in the last 6 to 12 months. 

These are all interesting scenarios that you might find valuable as you think about your portfolio for the remainder of 2024. 

But first, a quick definition here, from The Beyond Beer Handbook:

What is a Sub Brand?

A Sub Brand is connected closely to your parent brand—think of it as a little extra spice given to separate each product from one another within your overall portfolio. A Sub Brand still carries the same values that intuitively link it to the parent brand, but targets a specific audience with further defined attributes and benefits that might not be offered by the parent brand alone. This allows you to build stronger bonds with your existing customers while expanding your overall footprint by dipping your toes into new categories and audiences.



A few important nuances here:

1. In Brand Architecture terms, this strategy can manifest as a Sub Brand or an Endorsed Brand. The specific approach isn’t as important as is the long term bet that we’re seeing more breweries make: The future will be more centered around specific brands and brand families, more so than around a brewery’s parent brand.

2. When building a true Sub Brand, your parent brand is still the main purchasing driver.

So the things we’re discussing today can be positioned as Sub or Endorsed Brands. The main takeaway is that you’re building a brand within your brewery's broader portfolio.

(Above): Revisit our Sub Brand Summer series here.


 

Sub Brand use case #1: Bridging into the fourth category 

Our Brand Architecture work began in earnest in 2019 when we helped a handful of breweries across the country launch hard seltzer brands. That work quickly gave way to breweries building RTD cocktail lines, spirit brands, coffee brands, Hop Waters, NA beer and all manner of other fourth category products. 

The biggest concern in these early engagements was what releasing this new non-beer product would say about your brewery. (i.e. will this confuse our fans?)

Building a Sub Brand to launch a fourth category product is a clean path to market because it puts just enough of a buffer between your parent brand and this new product brands so that you can continue to expand this new line (via Line Extensions, co-branding, scaling the Sub Brand Ladder, etc.) without harming your parent brand’s positioning and equity.

This creates a solid platform for future extensions should you decide to go that route.

(Above): Left Field Brewery has created a series of Sub / Endorsed Brands to bridge into the Fourth Category.


 

Sub Brand use case #2: Building a premium product line 

A Sub Brand can be a great way to differentiate a specific beer, or line of beers from the rest of your portfolio. 

And depending on your strategy, a brand name and unique identity can help elevate the presentation and drive a higher price. 

This is a classic strategy in beer and CPG branding and you’ve probably done some variation of it before yourself. Common examples include barrel aged program (big stouts, foeder series, wild ales, etc.).

But the category, beer or beyond, isn't important to this point. Our main takeaway is that we're seeing an overall uptick in this sort of project work right now.

So think through whether there's an opportunity to create a premium line within your brewery's portfolio. 

(Above): Read more about Rhinegeist's premium barrel-aged line here.



 

Sub Brand use case #3: Building a budget line 

On the other end of this spectrum, we’re seeing a lot of Sub Brand development around budget-ish lines. 

This is being driven almost entirely by the craft lager and light beer trend. These aren’t quite domestic, in terms of pricing, but seek to occupy that same space in people’s fridge. And I think the “budget” term here is relative.

These premium lagers are “budget” relative to the rest of your craft portfolio, but more premium than the mainline domestic industrial lager brands.

We’ve written a lot about this space over the last year. If you’re interested in this topic, hit these links to learn more: 

> The year of craft lager?

> On the perils of releasing a budget brand

Sub Brand use case #4: Creating a brand that can travel


The last several years have seen breweries pulling back from further afield markets and re-entrenching in their backyard. But that doesn’t mean you can’t still find growth across state lines.

And we’re working on a lot of projects right now that aim to do just this: Not take over the world via national expansion, but push into a market just down the road where you feel like you can win. 

The problem is that there is so much beer—great beer—everywhere, that the value prop for buying your brewery's beer in another market is challenging. 

This is a problem for all craft breweries looking to launch new markets, but becomes amplified the more closely tied you are to your town or state. 

A targeted Sub Brand, particularly a lifestyle play that eschews specific provenance is a great way to get around this. It allows you to drop into a market and build without your parent brand’s baggage.

Our recent work building the Cold Drinking Beer brand is a great example of this concept.

Virginia Beer Co. sells a lot of beer in their home state. But this name doesn't carry much weight in, say, South Carolina. It can actually work against you. 

The Virginia Beer Co. still wanted to expand their distribution footprint, so they created a light beer brand—Cold Drinking Beer—to lead the charge.

Read more about how we built the Cold Drinking Beer brand here.

Wrapping up


We (CODO) see Sub Brands and Brand Architecture moves as one of the most important things happening in beer right now. At least from our corner of the industry as a branding firm. 

Breweries across the country are finding, and winning, incremental growth by making these sorts of moves. 

And whether you go premium or budget, beer or beyond, you should think about how these strategies could help bolster your business in the coming years. 



Drop me a line if you want to explore how your brewery could build a Sub Brand.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/sub-brand-use-cases-for-your-brewery/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss when it can make sense to jettison your visual & Brand Equity.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. When to Jettison your Brand Equity [Newsletter]

2. If your current look is actively hurting your business

3. If your current identity doesn’t accurately represent where you want to take your business in the future

4. If you’re making, or planning to make major changes within your company

5. If you’re self conscious of your branding or packaging

6. You’re making some Brand Architecture moves

7. Let’s discuss a sacred cow: What about losing your current fans through a rebrand?

8. “Don’t sacrifice your brewery’s future on the altar of Brand Equity.”

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/when-to-jettison-your-brand-equity/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 068

Why are so many breweries rebranding today?

Morning. 

Over the past year, we’ve rebranded breweries as young as 3 years old and groups that are more than 40 years old. 

And we’ve fielded more inquiries for breweries looking to rebrand than we could actually take on. So, anecdotally, it seems like this topic is top of mind at breweries across the country right now. 

This work has spanned subtle brand refreshes, sweeping rebrands and tactical package refreshes that land somewhere in the middle.

We covered some of the issues driving these moves in our 2024 Beer Branding Trends review. 

Today, I want to dive even deeper and explore a handful of more acute issues, pain points and goals we’re seeing in our project work across the country right now.

If any of this resonates with you, shoot me an email and let’s explore how CODO can help you address them at your brewery.

Let’s get into it.  

(Above): Give Craft Beer, Rebranded a read if you're considering a revamp.



 

1. Sales are flat

We’re handling a lot of rebrands today to directly combat flat (to declining) sales. 

“We’ve been hovering right at 8,500 bbl for the last few years.” 

Or…

“We’re coming back from our 2019 high point of 12,000 bbl but are stuck in a stubborn plateau.”

Another shift we’ve seen is less of an emphasis on branding as a way to make you look cool (so a surface level consideration), and more direct conversations about how this effort should increase sales: So branding as a strategic move—a precursor—to gaining back your lost share. 

I don’t have anything deeper to say here other than I’m glad that people are talking openly about the value of branding and how they expect to see a clear return on their investment. 

(Above): A snapshot of the ROI Prost Brewing saw post rebrand in 2019. They're continuing to grow YOY to this day. 



 

2. Things are going well and you want to capitalize on that momentum 

I’m including this point as a positive counter to the previous one.

Not all of our rebranding work today is aimed at combating slacking sales. We’re actually helping a lot of folks for whom things are going well. Really, really well. 

Sales are trending up, their team is fired up and they’re on a winning streak.

These groups see a revamp as a way to knock off some rough corners and keep the good times rolling.

These sorts of engagements are generally more of a refresh than an outright rebrand (learn about the difference here). 

And as such, they usually aim to address annoying pain points (think inconsistent packaging, a shallow identity system that doesn’t lend itself to merchandising, etc.), more than deep, existential who-am-I?-type issues. 

What’s working? How can we build on that and continue to stay ahead of everyone else? 

(Above): NoDa Brewing was is a great spot when they reached out to discuss a rebrand in 2022. Most of our process centered around refining what was working and jettisoning what wasn't so they could present a clearer story out in retail.

Read more about this project here and listen to a podcast for more behind the scenes project context here. (Also, you love to see it.)



 

 

3. “It’s just time”

"It’s just time. We haven’t updated our packaging in several years and customers just aren’t seeing them on shelf."

We’ve heard this idea from breweries, distributors and retailers across the country on several revamps this year. 

In the past (say, pre-2020), I would hear something like this and take it with a grain of salt. I used to believe that you should aim to have consistent packaging for years so people know what to look for on shelf—so that your packaging becomes iconic in your market.  

But I’ve come around almost entirely to the “it’s just time” argument. 

I now think there’s a lot of merit to refreshing your packaging every 3 or 4 (ish) years just to keep things, well, fresh.

We’re gathering sales data on a few engagements to support this idea (stay tuned for case studies that illustrate this), but for now, I can say that it’s looking like a killer rebrand done once—perfectly executed across the board—followed by package refreshes in 3 to 4 (ish) year intervals seems to be a great way to get a lot of return on your investment. 

So yeah, sometimes it can just be time to knock some dust off and revamp your branding. 

 

4. Rebranding ahead of an important Brand Architecture move

We've run into this several times over the last few years.

Your brewery will want to make some sort of Brand Architecture move, and while planning, realize that you need to readdress your core positioning and brand identity itself first (or alongside that work).

A few examples we've seen include:

– You want to spin a best selling brand into a Sub Brand (Scaling the Sub Brand Ladder).

 – You bought another brewery (or distillery, restaurant, brand, etc.) and now have to figure out how these brands live together.

– You need to bring all of your taproom and/or restaurant locations under a more cohesive brand experience, but found your branding, as is, isn't suited for this. 



Rebranding, and working through your Brand Strategy, is a great time to take stock of everything you've got going on and prioritize. 

What's working well? What could work better if we make XYZ changes? And what should we lose entirely from a Brand Architecture standpoint?

(Above): Fernson Brewing shifted away from a monolithic Branded House and leaned into building unique Sub Brands for each of their core beers. This allows them to tailor marketing and sales programming to each specific SKU and do some fun world building around each brand.


 

5. Cleaning up a poorly performing previous rebrand 

This one’s interesting and we’re seeing it more often today. 

It looks something like this: Your brewery rebranded a while back (say, back in 2017), but the work wasn’t really that good. Or more importantly, it didn’t have the impact you were hoping for. (And that doesn’t even count what the wrecking ball that is 2020–2024 did to your brand and the industry as a whole).

We’ve handled a few of these engagements now and I can confidently say that a poorly managed rebrand may actually be worse than doing nothing at all because: 

– Again, the work can just be bad  🙁

– There’s (usually) no deeper strategy, messaging and positioning work upon which to scaffold everything else

– You likely didn’t clearly define, let alone address your pain points the first time around (so now you’re just stacking on more problems). We see a lot of surface level refreshes that were billed as rebrands, so they didn't actually discuss important underlying issues like positioning, brand voice and portfolio architecture.

A word of caution here: Make sure you get it right this time. 

Rebranding multiple times over the course of a several years is a bad sign. And at the risk of sounding too melodramatic, it’s now do or die. 

We’ve heard from distributors and retailers (on two specific projects now), that it seems like your brewery A) doesn’t know what it’s doing and because of that, is… B) throwing a bunch of shit against the wall to see what sticks.

Not great either way. 

And for your customers, who have (essentially) unlimited options for what beer to buy, why would they stick around for your 3rd revamp? 

Oh, they rebranded again? I guess things aren’t going so hot?

A rebrand is a signal. If handed well, it can be a powerful one.

(Above): Multiple rebrands over a short period aren't a good look. Lagunitas' rebrand (top left) was out in the market for less than two years before they rolled out *another* revamp (top right).




Why are so many breweries rebranding today? 

Because the boom is over. The days of easy, organic growth are long gone and in order to thrive over the next ten years, you need to get your branding—your story and key messaging, your brand voice and identity and packaging—completely dialed in.

This is no longer a nice-to-have. And it’s not even table stakes. Now, it’s mission critical. 

Your competition is already thinking along these lines and I want you to do the same. 

Shoot me an email if you’d like to discuss your brewery’s branding and how you could improve it.

Around the Shop

[Podcast] How we rebranded NoDa Brewing (featuring Jacob Virgil)

Everything is booming at NoDa: Sales are continuing to increase YoY (currently more than 21,000 bbl per year), they're actively gaining new accounts and their team is energized. 

So why rebrand? 

Here's a fun conversation that dives into why NoDa felt now was a good time to freshen things up and how CODO helped them navigate this process.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/why-are-breweries-rebranding-right-now/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss their experience at the 2024 Craft Brewers Conference.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Leverage your brand or start a new one? (CODO’s CBC presentation)

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/codos-2024-cbc-recap/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 067

Don't accidentally reposition your parent brand

Morning! 

Today, I want to discuss the (many) risks, and (few) upsides, of accidentally repositioning your parent brand when releasing an extension.

We've previously covered the possibility of negatively affecting what your brand stands for in people's minds when releasing a budget beer.

And while — spoiler alert — most of the points we’ll explore today are negative, there are a few use cases where an extension can positively reposition your parent brand as well.

To be clear, this risk is present anytime you're extending your brand, whether through a simple Line Extension, Brand Extension, or with some sort of Sub / Endorsed Brand. 

Our goal is to make sure that any shift that happens is not accidental and works to your advantage. 

Let’s get into it. 

What does it mean to reposition your parent brand? 

One of our through lines in The Beyond Beer Handbook was that your brewery can (and probably should) launch new extensions and brands, but not at the expense of your parent brand. 

There’s more that goes into this definition, but for today’s conversation, let’s just say that your positioning is where you sit in people’s minds, relative to your competition.

Read more on positioning here.

You want to set any new release up for as much success as possible while still protecting what your parent brand stands for in people’s minds. 

Repositioning your parent brand is simply that: It is to change what you fundamentally mean to someone by introducing a new thing for them to associate with your parent brand.

A new product, a new category, a new value prop, a new brand voice, a new identity, and so on.

If you don’t carefully weigh what a new extension says about your brewery, your parent brand can lose focus, meaning and value overtime. 

 


It’s easy to understand why inadvertently repositioning your parent brand is harmful, but let’s explore these ideas to drive this home.

 

A misaligned extension can confuse, and alienate, your customers 

If a new product runs counter to what you’ve traditionally stood for, consumers may struggle to connect the new offering with the parent brand they are familiar with.

This can lead to a disconnect in messaging and communication, causing consumers to question the authenticity and relevance of the extension.

Customers who have been loyal to your parent brand may feel alienated if they perceive that the repositioning is a departure from the values and qualities they associate with your brand.

They might feel that the brand no longer resonates with their preferences, which could prompt them to seek alternatives.

Losing loyal customers can be detrimental to the overall success (to put it mildly) of both the parent brand and the extension.

(Above): Is Bud Light a beer brand, or a hard soda / seltzer / lemonade / tiki cocktail / cider brand? 


 

A misaligned extension can wipe out precious Brand Equity / dilute what you stand for 

Your parent brand will establish a specific identity and reputation in consumers’ minds over time. Repositioning the parent brand to accommodate a brand extension can dilute the equity that you’ve worked hard to build, potentially confusing customers about what the brand truly stands for. 

This can erode the trust and loyalty that existing customers have developed, leading to decreased sales and tarnished brand perception.
 

A misaligned extension can cannibalize sales 

Repositioning a parent brand to align with a brand extension might inadvertently lead to market overlap and cannibalization. If an extension targets a similar segment or is too similar to an existing offering, you may urge people (consumers and retailers) to buy the new product in place of your parent brand.

(Above): Bud Light next competes directly with Bud Light. Not to mention Bud Light Seltzer and Michelob Ultra as well as any other low cal / carb Bev Alc offering in AB InBev's portfolio.


 

We’ve spent a good deal of time talking about how you can negatively impact your positioning with a new extension. Now let’s look at how an extension can positively reposition your parent brand.

 

Consider the halo effect & how this can benefit your parent brand 

One way an extension can reposition your parent brand is by coming out of the gate red hot and appealing to a much broader demographic than you've traditionally reached.  

We see this a lot amongst Legacy Breweries

Cody and I were presenting at a conference recently and someone asked us why New Belgium has kept its name on all Voodoo Ranger products, given how big the brand has become. 

It's a great example here, so let's dig into it. 

Take a look at Voodoo Ranger packaging below and you’ll see a small New Belgium endorsement. 

As the audience member was suggesting, I don't see this Endorsement helping Voodoo Ranger (i.e. people buying Voodoo Ranger because they see that it's a New Belgium product). 

I'd go as far as to say that, functionally, this Endorsement brings nothing to the table at this point in terms of nudging people to give the beer a try. Instead, this serves to invite Voodoo Ranger drinkers to look into other New Belgium products.

So it's capturing all the good will and velocity Voodoo Ranger has earned and positively affects the New Belgium parent brand.



This is a good case study for Legacy Breweries. 

If done right (the right style, positioning and marketing), an Endorsed extension can make an older brand seem relevant and cool again and shift what your parent brand stands for in people's minds. 

(Above): Note the subtle New Belgium endorsement on all Voodoo Ranger products.


 

On mitigating risk: Wrapping up with some Brand Architecture options

There’s always a risk of repositioning your parent brand, or harming your overall reputation in some way when releasing an extension.

But if you’re weighing whether it makes sense to launch a new product as an Endorsed Brand or create an entirely new brand in terms of what this can do, negatively, to your parent brand, then building a new brand will generally win. If only because it eschews this subject entirely. 

Creating a new brand, by design, puts more of a buffer between your parent brand and new product. 

But if there's a possibility of reshaping what your parent brand stands for in people’s minds, while also giving this new product a boost due to a seal of approval from your parent, then an Endorsed Brand can be just the ticket.

Around the Shop

The Montucky Effect

It was fun to see Montucky Cold Snacks receive a big investment from Gallo a while back. 

Check out our conversation with MCS co-founder Jeremy Gregory to learn more about how they've approached lifestyle brand building and why it's working so well today.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/repositioning-your-parent-brand-for-better-or-worse/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 066

Do all of your labels have to look the same under a Branded House?

Morning!

Today I wanted to answer a few audience questions we received during our CBC presentation back in April:

1. Do [fancifully] named beers within a Branded House become Sub Brands, or are they still part of a Branded House system? 

2. Do all of our labels need to look identical under a Branded House, or can they take on their own independent look and feel to some extent? 



These are great questions, and it’s easy to see why this can be confusing. 

So let's get to it.

Let’s get some quick definitions in place. From The Beyond Beer Handbook here:

A fanciful name is a unique name to identify a product (that you would usually trademark). That’s it. It’s legal jargon—a churched up way of saying “product name.” (e.g. 60 Minutes. Truth. 805. Red Trolley.)

A Branded House centers around a strong parent brand (corporate name and brand identity) that is prominently displayed on all products.

This creates a consistent experience across all your brands and touch points, building equity and recognition for the parent brand every step of the way. Visually, this manifests in the consistent and intentional use of logos, icons, typography, color and packaging composition.

A Sub Brand is a new brand (name and identity) that is still closely connected to your parent brand; but think of it as a little extra spice given to separate itself from the rest of your portfolio.

A Sub Brand still carries the same overall values that intuitively link it to your parent brand, but targets a specific audience or occasion with further defined attributes and benefits that might not be offered by the parent brand alone.

 

 

An important point here for both of these models: Your parent brand is the main purchasing driver (the reason someone is buying your product) for customers.

(Above): KettleHouse uses fanciful names across their portfolio. But none of these beers are true Sub Brands. (Yet.) 


 

So to question 1: Do [fancifully] named beers within a Branded House become Sub Brands, or are they still part of a Branded House system? 

Answer: They are part of your Branded House until you explicitly decide to scale them into true Sub Brand (or beyond).

A Branded House model means that your products are positioned as being clearly from your brewery. They can have independent, fanciful names and still fly under your parent brand's banner. 

We explored the shift from brand to Sub Brand in depth in last year’s Sub Brand Summer series (specifically, in issue 3).

A snapshot from that series is that every Sub Brand has a fanciful name, but not every fancifully-named beer is a Sub Brand. 

A fancifully named beer is part of your Branded House until you decide to Scale the Sub Brand Ladder.

(Above): Two examples of brands that are currently scaling the Sub Brand Ladder, including Left Field Brewery and Fernson Brewing



 

On question 2: Do all of our labels need to look identical under a Branded House, or can they take on their own independent look and feel to some extent? 

Answer: Your labels do not have to look identical in order to fall under a Branded House. 

Again, the biggest point here is which brand plays the main purchasing driver role.

If a beer has its own unique name and label, but is still clearly positioned as being from your brewery, then your parent brand is the main purchasing driver. This means you’re still rocking a Branded House. 

A semantic point here: We call any system under which your parent brand is the main purchasing driver, a Branded House.

When all of your brands—let's say your flagships—fly under a rigid (nearly identical) template, we call this a Monolithic Branded House.

In its most extreme form, this would look like a rigid template across your packaging and NO fanciful names. So Prost Pils. Or Schlafly Pale Ale. Or Fernson IPA. Or Birdsmouth Black Lager

Your packaging does not have to look rigidly similar to work as a Branded House. It’s more about why someone buys your beer. And specifically, if they’re doing so because it’s from your brewery. 




(Below): Zero Gravity's portfolio is a great example of fanciful names within a Branded House that don't fly under a rigid template. 

None of these are true Sub Brands, but they are positioned to be scaled up the Sub brand Ladder later on if the Zero Gravity team decides to do so.

(Above): A Monolithic Branded House eschews fanciful names altogether, in favor of Brewery Name x Style. e.g. Prost Pils & Prost Dunkel, Birdsmouth Lager, etc. 



 

Wrapping up

Remember your Parent Brand’s role in your Brand Architecture. 

Ultimately, whether or not you introduce fanciful names and run your packaging under a rigid (monolithic) template is a positioning decision. 

If you’re a newer brewery, there may be some benefit to building your parent brand at every touch point. 

If your brewery is growing and you see a path towards building momentum around a horse brand or two, then adding fanciful names can set the stage for scaling that brand when the opportunity arises.

Around the Shop

Q&A Podcast: Can you rebrand in-house? Plus, what do we think about the BA's independent seal?

Speaking of Q&A, here's a recent podcast where Cody and I fielded a handful of BBT-subscriber-submitted questions, including: 

1. Can a brewery handle its rebrand in-house or should this always be outsourced?

2. Does CODO prefer branding new breweries or rebranding established ones?

3. Did CODO ever considering opening a brewery? Plus, what beverage category would we launch right now?

4. Do you think it’s worth putting the Brewers Association’s Independent Seal on packaging these days?

5. How should we deal with a delicate IP / beer naming situation?

6. What are some tips for how to be a terrible client? (???)

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/are-fancifully-named-beers-sub-brands/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to field subscriber-submitted questions on our 2024 Beer Branding Trends review.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

1. Can a smaller brewery actually pull off a craft lager brand?

2A. What’s the best packaging format for Hop Water?

2B. Why hasn’t ABI released a Hop Water?

3. What does the beer industry look like in 2030? (Hot takes only.)

4. Is fudging a beer’s style as a positioning tool disingenuous? 

5. Do you have any thoughts on the Bud Light controversy?

6. Should we feature awards (GABF, World Beer Cup, etc.) on our packaging? 

7. No mention of Cannabis in your report???

8. What are the downsides of building a contract brewed / lifestyle brand? 

9. Do you think we’ll see more private equity in the beer industry over the next few years as there are deals to be had?

10. White Claw NA: Stupid or brilliant?

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 8,000+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/067-2024-branding-trends-report-qa/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss craft lager and how your brewery can nail this positioning challenge.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

2. How we built the Cold Drinking Beer brand

3. Time Traveling with the Beer Can Archaeologist

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/066-the-year-of-craft-lager-the-year-of-craft-lager/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 065

Rebranding to clarify your message, increase sales and maintain momentum

Morning!

A few admin items here before we get started:


1. For a more immersive experience, you can read this entire post over on our blog.

2. We recorded a fun conversation with Jacob Virgil, Director of Strategic Development at NoDa Brewing. He’s got a great voice, and we’re considering having him replace Cody or me (probably me) on the podcast because of it.

Listen for yourself here.

Okay, let's discuss NoDa's rebrand. 
 

 

Legacy Breweries are facing a unique set of headwinds today. 

They’re big enough that they have to compete with much larger Big Beer brands off-premise, but still small enough that they compete with smaller, more nimble (and in many cases, more relevant) local breweries in the on-premise. 

In addition to these challenges, Legacy Breweries are often facing some sort of identity crisis.

This can range from a surface level issue (e.g. a severely disjointed brand identity and packaging where nothing hangs together) to a more existential crisis where founders and leadership are questioning what they stand for, where they want to take the business and even what to focus on on a day-to-day basis.

We’ve made it 15, 20, 30+ years, but don’t know where to go from here.

NoDa Brewing was somewhere in the middle here—not quite wrestling with existential problems, but not quite crystal clear on next steps either—when they reached out to CODO to discuss a rebrand back in 2022.

(Above): NoDa's previous branding and packaging.


NoDa founded in 2011 in a vibrant Charlotte, North Carolina beer scene.

And they’re a perfect example of CODO’s expanded Legacy Brewery definition (founded around the start of the beer boom in a market that has since exploded with new entrants). 

NoDa was dealing with several compounding factors that lead them to the realization that they needed to make some major changes for the longterm health of the business. 

They developed a multi-pronged plan (to address production, distribution and hospitality issues), and tagged CODO in to help frame their Brand Strategy en route to a brand refresh and package design overhaul.

This case study will cover the following:

– NoDa’s background and project context (including pain points & opportunities)

– NoDa’s Brand Strategy (and defining their visual equity)

– A walk through their brand identity and package design process 

Let’s get into it. 

(Above): NoDa's previous branding and (all over the place) packaging.



The situation on the ground (a handful of problems)
 

1. A shifting meaning of the NoDa name

NoDa was founded in the North Davidson neighborhood in Charlotte (hence, NoDa). Or technically, the brewery was founded near the NoDa neighborhood. 

If you want to get really pedantic technical—they’re about a block from the *officially* defined neighborhood border. 

And as they’ve continued to expand, opening additional production facilities and taprooms, being tied to a specific neighborhood became less important.

Overtime, the NoDa name has come to reflect more of the breweries core values (and how they overlap with the broader neighborhood itself) than a particular neighborhood or street.

In Jacob's words:

“What NoDa stands for aligns with the ethos of our brewery and is a big reason why we wanted to refresh the brand. Being the arts district, NoDa has always been an inclusive, creative and edgy spot. 

Our approach to beer, our brand and our taproom has always been to create a quality experience and product that is welcoming and approachable for people from all walks of life.

Beer is our art; regardless of whether or not we're still on North Davidson street.

As our brand aged we felt that it had lost some of the edgy / artsiness that NoDa is known for and we wanted to bring that back by emphasizing street art style illustrations on the packaging.”


 

2. Stock illustrations & dated visuals 

NoDa has used stylized 1950’s illustrations across their packaging for years. 

This Mid-Century aesthetic was very on trend back in the early 2010s.

In 2024, it just feels dusty (and not at all aligned with the exciting things happening at NoDa).

Another issue on this front is that some of NoDa’s primary imagery—including their best selling Hop Drop brand—is comprised of stock illustration that anyone can buy online. And they’ve built several major brands around these assets. 

This means that any other business, including a brewery, can use the same assets on their packaging. 

The takeaway here is that you shouldn’t build your identity around stock assets. You can’t police any of it from an IP standpoint, and you can’t build any unique visual equity either.

Using stock assets in your identity will always be a liability.

 

3. Charlotte as a rapidly changing community 

Two breweries existed in Charlotte when NoDa opened shop in 2011.

Today, there are more than 100.

In that span of time, each new brewery opening meant more niche, more hyper-local and more on-trend craft beer hitting the market.

And elder outfits like NoDa inevitably were seen as less novel and less (for lack of a better word) relevant.

All of this lead to NoDa being regarded as….


4. “Grocery store beer”

NoDa came out swinging and found early success (particularly with their renowned Hop Drop ’n Roll IPA). 

That brand—awarded best IPA in the world back in 2014—allowed their beer to become ubiquitous throughout Charlotte, and eventually North and South Carolina. 

Today, NoDa is widely regarded as making some of the best beer in a state that’s lousy with great beer. 

But, in a weird quirk that plagues anything just outside of the mainstream (music, art, film, fashion), NoDa’s success cuts both ways.

In our field work and interviews, we heard people pejoratively describe NoDa as “Grocery Store Beer,” as in, NoDa isn’t authentic, local, independent (capital C) Craft Beer anymore. 

(Your reward for blazing a trail in a market is that you get punished for being successful. Great.)

Jacob had an interesting perspective on this in our podcast (this topic starts around the 14:30 mark).

He views being carried in grocery stores and chains as a signal that you're reliable—that your brand can be depended upon to deliver. Every time.

(I agree with this, for the record.)

But Jacob and I don’t speak for the broader North Carolina beer drinker.

So the challenge remains: How can NoDa stay relevant while continuing to grow and build a successful business?

(Above): NoDa wanted to move away from stock assets and create unique, ownable illustrations and IP through this process. 



 

Now that we’ve covered NoDa’s primary pain points, let’s explore their Brand Strategy and design process.

 

NoDa’s Brand Strategy & Positioning 

Three big ideas emerged from all of our fieldwork and stakeholder interviews:

1. NoDa is an epicenter for all the cool, creative stuff happening in Charlotte. 

2. NoDa is your reliable, local brewery. No trend hopping here: Just well-executed styles. Again and again and again. 

3. NoDa is your companion for whatever outdoors pursuit you choose in the Carolinas. 

 

 

A quick note on these ideas:

These are all classic craft beer tropes: Celebrating the local community, making quality beer and a love of the great outdoors. 

From a positioning standpoint, hanging your hat on a trope doesn’t mean that an idea isn’t true.

But what’s more likely is that any number of other local breweries can also claim to operate by the same ideas. 

To wit: How many California breweries talk about the beach or surfing? And how many breweries in Colorado adorn their labels with mountains?

There's nothing wrong, or untrue about these things.

But it’s our job to figure out which idea a brewery can most credibly claim, that they’ve historically stood for, and have materially supported over time.

(Oh, and that actually matters to consumers.)

The first Brand Essence — “North Davidscene” — checked all these boxes and resonated the most with the NoDa team. 

They’ve always viewed beer as a through line in the emergent local art, music and food scenes. 

And this idea best aligned with their values (that is, how they operate their business, including behind the scenes moves that no one will ever know about), plus where they wanted to continue taking the brand in the future.

In other words, it is the most distinct, defensible, ownable and true idea that NoDa can build on. 

This direction positions NoDa as a vibrant, confident and progressive voice in Charlotte beer.

(Above): A few pages from NoDa's Brand Strategy doc.

These Brand Essences include a preliminary writeup, including brand voice and personality attributes as well as visual cues.

They also include mood boards to art direct the idea itself so the NoDa team can understand what a direction could look and feel like.




 

Defining NoDa’s Equity & Tackling Their Identity Refresh 

With Brand Strategy and art direction set, we now get to dig into NoDa's brand identity and packaging update. 

Location issues aside, NoDa’s previous logo was somewhat sacrosanct. (They’ve used it since founding, tens of millions of people have seen it and it’s plastered across their market on POS, vehicles and merch). 

Our job was to evolve it in this new brand voice and look and feel: To give it more heft and make it look more intentional.

So how can we beef up their core identity while building out a more utilitarian system of secondary iconography?

Our initial concepts ranged from a straight-line evolution to a more quirky option that leaned into the local art and creativity idea.

The NoDa team favored the more clear evolution so we rolled right into revisions. 





*Note to reader: I’ll fast forward here. Basically, we spent a million hours (approx.) refining their main mark and rounding out their
Modular Brand Identity System.

 

(Above): Initial concepts, including a whoooole lot of rejected work from our first identity presentation.


 

A few things to highlight as we wrapped up revisions: 

– The more expressive colors called out in our Brand Strategy work are now able to come to life in NoDa’s identity. This punched everything up and kept it from being too staid. 

– The core mark became more simplified as we made our way through the revisions. I remember a great conversation with the NoDa team where we discussed how you communicate the idea of confidence. 

Our answer?

Talk less.

Simplify the system.

And let the beer speak for itself.

The Package Design Phase

We kicked off the packaging phase by focusing on NoDa’s best selling brand, Hop Drop ’n Roll.

We explored several different ways to evolve their dated (and stock) late 50’s Mercury illustration style.

It took a few rounds to get the composition and illustration style itself nailed down. But once we got there, knocking out the rest of their portfolio was fairly straight forward. 

Here’s a glimpse at some of what we looked at along the way, including initial sketching, revisions, illustration evolution and several follow on brands (seasonals, variety pack, etc.) we developed after NoDa’s initial scope was wrapped up.

Brand Launch & Beyond

We opened this case study by outlining the (many) challenges Legacy Breweries face every day.

But as we wrap up, I wanted to say that a rebrand is NOT a panacea. A rebrand won’t solve the problem of having too many competitors. And it won’t magically make younger drinkers start clamoring for your beer.

But done properly, a rebrand is an opportunity to concretely define who you are and what your brewery stands for. It's a chance to plant a flag that welcomes all comers to the fold, old fans and new. 

And if you get all that right, a rebrand is an opportunity to drive an increase in sales, even in this challenging market. 

NoDa knew all of this and we're proud to have helped them chart a path for their brand moving forward.

Around the Shop

Dive deeper: NoDa x CODO on the BBT Podcast

We recorded a fun conversation with Jacob Virgil, Director of Strategic Development at NoDa Brewing. 

It's interesting to hear his perspective on why the NoDa team decided to rebrand now (on the heels of a 25% YoY increase in sales and in the midst of a major expansion project).

Feeling warm & fuzzy

We’ve always been bad about asking for client testimonials. It just feels awkward.

“Hey, uhh, can you please give us a few sentences about how much you enjoyed working with CODO? Really lay it on thick. It’s not like you’re busy or anything. Thanks.” 

Anyway, sometimes testimonials come your way unsolicited. 

(And it’s such a nice feeling when they do.) 

Read more about the entire Cold Drinking Beer project below.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/newsletter-draft-enter-title-w-out-numbers/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 064

The year of craft lager? (the year of craft lager!)

Morning!

This is your final exclusive issue from CODO's larger 2024 Beer Branding Trends report. 

If there’s someone on your team who you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

As a reminder, we're currently fielding subscriber-submitted questions for a Q&A podcast episode. If you've got questions on anything in this issue or our annual review, please shoot me an email

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber!

Let's get into it.


There’s a decade-old running joke in the beer industry that next year (at the very latest) will finally be the Year of Craft Lager.

Now, I’m not bold enough to call 2024 the *official* Year of Lager (sorry for the clickbait title there…), but damn if this doesn’t feel close.

Granted, I’m not sure what we were all expecting—craft lager to dethrone IPA as the face of craft beer? Hype breweries to drop $29 4-packs of Czech Dark Lagers??

But for some anecdata here, CODO has branded more all-lager breweries and created more lager brands (Sub Brands and standalone brands) over the last year than at any point in our 15 year history. 

(Above): Birdsmouth Beer is an all-lager brewery out of New Jersey. Read more about their naming, positioning and branding here.




And we’re seeing people approach the segment correctly, with horizontal tanks, step mashing and decoction—all manner of fun, esoteric production techniques to turn out a quality product.

So I can feel it. And I bet you can too.

But why now? Why is lager trending today? 

– Is it because we’re looking at several years of inflation that has consumers pinching their pennies, and your answer to this is to offer a slightly more expensive, yet still craft option for the budget-minded shopper?

– Or is it because breweries are scrambling to find pockets of incremental growth wherever they can, including historically-overlooked, if not outright disparaged segments like light lager?

– Or is it to offer an easy drinking, beer-flavored-beer option to the growing cohort of fatigued craft drinkers who are 1) getting older, 2) having kids, and 3) can’t smash IPAs like they used to?

– Or is it because Montucky Cold Snacks started from scratch and scaled to produce somewhere in the neighborhood of 70k+ bbl over the course of ~10 years (and partied the entire way there)?

– Or is it because your grandpa drank lager? And grandpas (and grandmas!) are universally cool.

– Or is it because modern day craft beer means going to a local brewery and choosing from one of twelve hazy IPAs? (Thrilling.)

Couple this with the mind-melting 4–5 years that we’ve all collectively experienced in this country and I think there’s comfort to be found in making an easy choice.

I don’t want to sort through 18 different beers for this weekend—I’ll just grab Sierra Nevada Pale Ale. Or a Pivo Pils. Or Dead Guy.

Or, choose from a growing contingent of craft lagers that are vying to own this important space—go-to fridge packer brands that still have Craft bona fides without all the Craft baggage. 





Or is it a combination of all of these things?

I don’t have an answer here, but I do know that lager is trending.

So let’s explore a few broad themes we’re discussing in our work branding, positioning and promoting this most lovely of beer styles.

(Above): Lion's Paw Lager from Fernson Brewing.




A quick note on terms

We’re going to speak broadly about lager here, including beautifully made craft lagers and those positioned more in line with domestic light lagers.

Some of what we point out (particularly when it comes to COGS and positioning) will apply more towards craft breweries trying to compete in the Sub Premium space.


But let’s not get too wrapped up in delineating between these (we’ll do that where it makes sense) and look at the overall trend of more craft breweries making more lager as a whole.


Light lager: The positioning challenge 

The value prop of craft light lager is tricky to nail.

Offering a similar beer that is positioned alongside much cheaper, and better known, offerings that is roughly 50% more expensive isn’t the best position to be in. (Who knew?!?)


On one hand, it’s almost impossible for a small producer to compete on cost with the entrenched macro brands. (For reference, Montucky contract brews, so they’re able to price aggressively low, often at or even below common Domestic Sub Premium pricing.)

On the other hand, as we outlined earlier in this report, lager is a brand. A cool one.

So you can create a
somewhat craft, somewhat macro brand that allows drinkers to show that they’re cool (more on this idea here shortly).

From a COGS standpoint, a lower price to consumer means a lower margin on the backend. The goal then is to drive more volume to make everything, not just pencil out, but realize a profit.

And as
we’ve written before, you can’t compete with High Life (or Bud, Miller, Coors) on price. Hell, you can’t compete with the Oskar Blues or Sierra Nevadas of the world on price, so this is a very, very tough space.

The sweet spot appears to be to not try to compete with Domestic Sub Premium brands head on (those in the ~$15–$18 per case range), but land at a final price that’s only a few bucks more but still a touch lower than other craft beers in the cold box.

Bump Williams Consulting gave us a great beer pricing tier breakdown a while back. Check out this conversation for more context here.

But then how do you position these brands? Who should buy them?

And why would a consumer who might usually grab a 12-pack of High Life or Banquet switch it up for your offering at $3–$5 more?  


It starts with what you call the beer itself so people have a touchpoint for comparison. 

 

So what do you call them?

Earlier in our annual report, we made a case for why beer style names are more important as a positioning tool today than they are from a specific TTB style designation standpoint.

And this jostling, myth making, and in some cases, outright mental gymnastics is best exemplified by the various naming conventions we’re seeing in craft lager right now.

Some examples we’ve seen:

– Light Beer
– Classic Light Beer 
– Small Batch Light Beer 
– Beer (bonus points for brevity)
– Premium Beer 
– Premium Lager
– Heritage Lager 
– Light Lager (heads-up: “Lite” is trademarked and policed by Molson Coors)
– Craft Lager 
– Industry Lager 
– American Light Lager 
– Domestic Lager
– Lager / Pilsner / XYZ lager variants
– Cerveza (for Mexican-style lagers, obviamente)

Two quick additional thoughts:

We're starting to see a gradual shift away from the word "Craft." And I think the rise of lagers is actually going to accelerate this. We'll be talking more about this over the coming year in some upcoming case studies. (Stay tuned.)

We're also seeing "Cold" used a qualifier. This is fun in a Big Beer Super Bowl ad kind of way. What kind of beer do you want? A cold one!



There’s a world of difference between a “Light” Lager and a “Craft” Lager, but maybe less so with a “Craft Light” Lager.

Choose whichever nomenclature best serves your positioning goals and lean into it. 

(Above): What do you call lagers, and lager-adjacent crushable beers so that consumers understand what they are and when to buy them?



 

Lager as a Signal 

Let’s talk about signaling and the story that lager allows people to tell themselves, and the world, about themselves. I believe this is an important mechanism that’s driving lager sales right now.

Lager—craft or macro—is a way to signal cool confidence.

In the mid-2010s, if you showed up to a cookout with a special 4-pk IPA, everyone was happy. Now? C’mon, what is this, 2018? It’s 95° out here for God’s sake. Give me something crisp.

(To wit: This is exactly the spot Sierra Nevada Pale Ale occupies—a comfortable, flexible classic.)

But craft lager (and some macro lager brands) rides a fine line where you can show up to a party and not look like a cheapskate but still look cool and in the know.

Plus, lager is blue collar and authentic. It’s a working man’s shift beer—and there’s real cachet there.

This emotional dynamic is tough to balance, but it’ll be well worth the hassle if you’re able to pull it off when building your lager brand.

Now that we’ve given you a lay of the land on positioning and pricing craft lager, let’s look at a collection of visual and branding approaches we’ve seen across the segment.
 

Nostalgic Regional
Lager’s visual canon

“Nostalgic Regional” is a term CODO coined several years ago to describe lager’s de facto visual canon (if you’re feeling spicy, you could less charitably call this aesthetic “fauxstalgia”).

And this look and feel stems from the earliest days of the craft beer boom as breweries were bringing back the well-worn romance of locally-produced beer.

All across the country, people were rehabbing old brick and timber warehouses, decayed factories, and all manner of other buildings that had sat dormant for years.

Visually, this was all wrapped up in nostalgia to speak to the brewery’s authenticity, or to lend a sense of provenance.

While there are no hard and fast rules, the category convention here aims to look old. How old? We’ve predominantly seen the 1940's through 1970’s as the main period of influence. 

This branding can look like an authentically old brand, as though it were picked off of a shelf in a five & dime  in 1960. Or, it can be designed to live as a product of today, but still evoke this bygone era—a contemporary reimagining of something old. 

It tends to be tactile, often evoking a mostly bygone industry: Think automotive, manufacturing, lumber, tobacco, textiles and agriculture.

Check out our conversation with David Maxwell, aka The Beer Can Archaeologist, for more granular details on how beer packaging design and formats have shifted over the decades. 

This positioning works because beer is, historically, a blue collar product. It also works because of nostalgia—harkening back to a “Golden Age” (whether real or imagined) where deals were done on a handshake and good breaks came easier.

Logically, we know that the past wasn’t perfect, but this aesthetic addresses the nagging feeling that things used to be just a little bit better.

And looking around at the world in 2024, who can be blamed for chasing a little bit of this comfort?

(Above): The "Nostalgic Regional" aesthetic is lager's de facto visual canon.




Reviving heritage IP
Instant Provenance 

If the Nostalgic Regional beer branding trend aims to evoke a bygone era with a newly-created brand, then the spate of brewers across the country reviving genuine heritage IP would be its more authentic foil.

This trend started years ago with the resurgence of PBR and High Life, Hamms, Rainier and Narragansett (stuff you’d drink while fishing with grandpa).

On the smaller craft side, we’re seeing breweries across the country obtain IP for a defunct (usually pre- or just post-prohibition) beer brand and faithfully reproduce it, recipe, branding and all. 

This works because it’s fun (!) and brings an instant story to the table—a sense of historicity.

It’s an opportunity to lean into that authenticity and create a connection with your customers.

And from a portfolio and Brand Architecture standpoint, it’s also an opportunity to create a strong brand that can drive incremental growth and travel to markets your brewery’s parent brand might not be able to.

(Above): Fun Heritage IP examples from around the country, including one CODO is wrapping up right now.




Personality plays 

Another approach here is a straight lifestyle appeal, in the vein of PBR or Montucky Cold Snacks.

Heavy on personality (and memes), this targets a specific subculture and a well-defined audience.

This approach takes a lot of effort and continual investment to get right, but can be well worth it if you can pull it off. 

(Above): Personality plays are heavy on social media and lifestyle cues. And if done well, they're a fun way to cut through the noise of today's cold box and connect with people (often well before they even have a chance to buy).

Read more about the Cold Drinking Beer brand here.




Occasion plays 

I would argue that lager is the quintessential occasion beer (it never steals the show or gets in the way).

And this thread highlights some smart on-the-nose naming and positioning we’re seeing to tie craft lager brands to specific activities. e.g., lawn mower beer, at the beach, on the boat, at the cookout, post workout.

I think this can be smart, provided you don’t beat around the bush—tell people exactly what this beer is and when they should drink it.

If your branding and value props are strong enough, then people might reward you for being forthright.

(Above): Lager is the quintessential occasion beer. 




Lager: It’s Brand all the way down

We’ve said this a few times throughout this year’s report, but it bears repeating. In an era where traditionally-defined beverage alcohol categories are blurring, consumer drinking habits are shifting, as are LDA demographics themselves, the beverages you produce—the actual liquid itself—will become less important.

Assuming a baseline level of quality is there, it’s your Brand—your story, your personality, your identity, your reason for existing—that will differentiate you and help you scale moving forward.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/bbt-exclusive-4-the-year-of-craft-lager/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 063

A quick & dirty guide to brewery co-branding

 

Morning!

This is the third of four exclusive topics we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2024 Beer Branding Trends report. 

We aren't publishing these insights on the main report, so if there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

As a reminder, we're currently fielding subscriber-submitted questions for a Q&A podcast episode. If you've got questions on anything in this issue or our annual review, please shoot me an email

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber!

Let's get into it.





Let’s discuss a fun, emergent trend we’re seeing in the beer industry right now: Co-branding. 

It seems like every other week, a client will reach out to us with a new project on this front (“We’re partnering with XYZ baseball team / XYZ pickleball league / XYZ donut shop and need help with the packaging.”).

I don’t have any deep insight into why this is happening right now, but I can say that I really like it. (Deep observations here at CODO, I know.)

These arrangements are fun and usually produce cool products.

We’ve previously written about stunt partnerships (e.g., a mayo brand partners with a vodka brand and… profit???).

But these sorts of relationships are more meme fuel than a bid to create lasting value (or, “vaporware” as Dave Infante calls them). So we’ll set those aside and instead focus on the rise in craft breweries meaningfully partnering with cool, local institutions. 

So let’s define co-branding, outline the most prominent examples we’re seeing today, as well as some other Brand Strategy considerations to keep in mind as you weigh whether or not this could be a good move for your brewery. 

(Above): Stunt / meme collabs. These *are* co-branding examples, but not the type of meaningful partnerships we’re discussing in today’s BBT issue.


 

What is co-branding?

Co-branding is a strategic partnership between two companies to create a product that bears both of your names.

This move leverages the strength of each brand to create something cool while introducing each company to the other’s customer base.

It can also help you each achieve deeper market penetration within your own respective category or tap into a new category altogether.

Basically, you’re pinning your brand to the associations and goodwill of another brand, and vice versa. And if done well, each party benefits. 

There are a lot of considerations that go into vetting and executing this sort of partnership, but there’s one piece of criteria that is so important, it acts as a go / no-go decision point for whether or not you should partner with a particular group in the first place…
 

Values, values, values (and values)

The most important thing that determines whether or not your brewery should collaborate with another business is how well your values align. Do your teams gel? Are you on the same page? Are you into the same things?  

This is critical because: 

1. Why would you want to work with someone who doesn’t share your values?

2. Why would this other business’ customers care about your brewery if you stand for something that they themselves don’t care about (or disagree with)?

3. Be aware that even a short lived collab can carry long term consequences. A misaligned partnership can harm your reputation long after the fact.

TLDR: If you don’t share the same values as another business, then there’s no way a co-branded product can work.



Types of co-branding we’re seeing right now in beer  

Co-branding can be an overly-complex subject. It’s easy to get lost in the weeds debating the various types of co-branding approaches you can employ (e.g., co-branding vs. co-marketing, ingredient co-branding, same company co-branding, sponsorships, and on and on…).

So let’s bypass that entire conversation—all the theory—and simply highlight a few of the most applicable examples we’re seeing in beer and the broader CPG space that you might consider right now at your brewery.

 

1. Brewery x Local Business 

Partnering with local businesses is a fun way to celebrate your city, tap into new fans and reinforce your local bona fides.

This is a wonderful move for Legacy Brewers and younger outfits alike.

Food partnerships, in particular (e.g. donut, candy and chocolate companies), also present an easy opportunity for fun LTO and seasonal releases. 

Common businesses we see on this front include: 

– Iconic local brands (sky’s the limit here—barbershops, clothing companies, bookstores, tattoo parlors, etc.)

– Coffee roasters

– Donut shops 

– Candy / confectionery companies 

– Orchards / farms / CSAs / farmers’ markets 

– Restaurants / hospitality companies 

This last example is a particularly interesting opportunity that I think more breweries should consider as well. Can you partner with a hospitality group to produce a house beer—something along the lines of a table lager?

We saw this in our field work a few times in the mid-2010s, but it seems to have waned since. (Let me know if your brewery makes a house beer for a local restaurant or hospitality group. I’d love to ask you a few questions about the arrangement.)

(Above): Brewery x local business co-branding examples, including iconic regional beverage brands, small coffee and donut shops, a regional ice cream chain, a casino and a radio station.




2. Brewery x CPG Food / snack brand 

This is a classic co-branding example you see a lot in national consumer package goods (CPG) food and snack categories.

By using the partner brand's product as an adjunct in beer, you give people a quick reference as to what flavors they should expect.  

The big difference between this collab and the previous one is a matter of scale. Think along the lines of a top 50 brewery partnering with a household name brand vs. a 2,500 bbl per year brewery partnering with a local donut shop.

One is not better than the other here, but there will be way more IP and legal work to sort through with the former.

(Above): Brewery x larger CPG co-branding examples, including: condiment brands (olive oil, hot sauce), snack brand (peanuts, popcorn), ingredient brands (pickles, salt, cheese, fish), and larger beverage brands (bourbon, coconut water). 



 

3. Brewery x (usually college) Sports Teams

Another common partnership we're seeing here is craft breweries partnering with sports teams (colleges, pro team franchises, stadiums and esoteric sport leagues).

And this spans beverage alcohol—so craft beer, to RTDs, seltzer and beyond. 

We’re seeing a flood of these sorts of partnerships right now, so much so that I’m wondering if some sort of specific big beer contract sunsetted or a regulation changed. 

Whatever the reason, this is a high profile way that can move real volume and ground your brand in a fun occasion and experience that people can more easily recall.

(Above): Brewery x sports team co-branding examples.



 

4. Brewery x NPO / Charity 

This is similar to co-branding with local small businesses, but with an emphasis on a specific cause.

It's also a great way to get in front of your city’s leaders and enmesh yourself in the community with likeminded people. 

Quick aside: I can hear you out there—shaking your head and grumbling about the horde of (well meaning!) nonprofits requesting donations that may come your way if you co-brand with a local charity.

My best advice to deal with this is to clearly lay out criteria and rules on your website—set an official policy—for how people should send in these requests, when your team will review them and how you decide which groups to support and so forth. 

Common examples we’re seeing here include: 

– Non profits (humane societies, environmental groups)
– Zoos & aquariums
– LGBTQ groups
– Parks
– Civic groups 

(Above): Brewery x NPO co-branding examples, including: veteran causes, humane societies, LGBTQ groups and zoos.


 

5. Clear Lifestyle Plays

A great way to build a Lifestyle Brand at your brewery is to co-brand with similarly-positioned brands outside of the beer space. 

Lifestyle brands hinge on tapping into existing subcultures, so finding a brand that already caters to this group is a great way to put your brewery’s brand in the same mind space.

This can shortcut the process of bringing an aspirational angle to your brand.

There are a handful of evergreen craft beer tropes, including blue collar outdoorsy brands, technical mountain town-y brands, heavy metal skater culture brands, etc.

But don’t limit your partnerships to just these worlds: You can tap into any activity that you find great meaning in.

(Above): Brewery x lifestyle brand co-branding examples, including: clothing companies (wool, boots and shoes), hunting and country living brands, surfing and beach brands and motorcycles.




6. Brewery x Brewery (or beyond beer brand)


Brewery collabs are as old as the modern beer industry.

While these tend to be even more ephemeral than all the other examples we’ve listed here, they still present great opportunities to build your brand and tap into a new audience.

I don’t have any guidelines for what size brewery you should partner with (e.g., same scale, much larger, smaller). In most cases, I think this boils down to either who you’re friends with, or some common cause (and values) between your breweries. 

(Above): Brewery and other beverage co-branding examples.


 

7. Brewery x XYZ Celebrity (band, personality, athlete)

Co-branding with a celebrity (especially a household name) can seem like a no-brainer, though it’s probably not feasible for most breweries.

To wit: Will this be a co-branded partnership where you both have skin in the game, or will this simply be a paid endorsement? There’s a big difference there (and I bet that most folks can spot it).

There's one more important caveat (on influencers) that we'll outline here in a second.

Other than these points, I think this can be fun and a cool branding opportunity, provided your values align with your partner (seeing a pattern here?).

(Above): Brewery x celebrity co-branding examples, including musicians, athletes, and whatever Guy Fieri is.



 

Misc Notes


On measuring ROI / KPIs


Some co-branding opportunities won’t result in a clear-cut ROI. Obviously sales and profit are important metrics, but I think you should consider more qualitative outcomes to evaluate these sorts of partnerships.

– How much positive Brand Equity, reputation and earned media are you each generating?

– What did you learn from working with another corporate team?

– And sometimes, this can just be an excuse to do something fun with your friends and a company you respect. Or a way to raise money or awareness for a cause. There’s a lot of value in that in its own right


Can you retain customer data?

We’ve already talked about why email marketing is an important function that more breweries need to be focusing on right now in another section of this year’s report.

To support this idea, an important thing you should try to capture and retain in any co-branding partnership is customer data. Namely, email addresses and relevant demographic info.

This will be critical for vetting and segmenting your audience by specific interest for future releases, collaborations and more tailored marketing.

So think through how you can best capture people’s emails through this co-branded release. Some quick ideas here:

– Co-brand specific landing page
– Out of stock / restock notification signups 
– Purchase confirmations 
– Sweepstakes / contest entry, etc. 
– QR code / SMS opt-in as part of a broader campaign 

Again, this advice isn’t limited to co-branded releases.

Capturing customer data will prove vital for all of your communications and marketing over the coming years.

But the amount of new customer data you can gather from a co-branding effort can help you determine whether or not it was successful and what you should change / test the next time around.


Tap into a lifestyle brand (or create a lifestyle product)

We touched on this earlier, but it bears repeating. If you’re interested in building a Lifestyle Brand—either by positioning your brewery’s parent brand as such or through a Sub Brand, co-branding with an aspirational brand in another industry is a great way of tapping into those consumers and occasions. 

This is such a valuable return, that it might even trump turning a profit on the partnership.

This doesn’t mean you should set out to lose money, but there’s a lot of value in reaching new audiences who can eventually turn into customers.


Limited Time Only (a powerful nudge)

We talked about this concept in our BBT issue on brewery merch.

But no matter how dead set you are on creating a lasting, year round co-branded product, consider first releasing it as a limited time only (LTO) basis. 

A little bit of scarcity can be all the nudge someone needs to grab a fun LTO product. 

And this approach also gives you valuable data: How well did your first drop sell? Who was buying it? What sort of feedback did you receive? What can you do to improve on the product, customer experience, marketing—anything—next time around?

(Above): This isn't a craft example, but I've been following Miller Lite's influencer partnerships for a while. I think they do a great job of finding well-aligned partners and building a lifestyle angle to their brand.




On Brand Architecture & Intellectual Property

If you’re co-branding with your brewery friends across town, then getting your IP squared away probably isn’t a big deal.

But if you’re partnering with any other business, it’s a good idea to take the time to document the product’s IP in a proper legal agreement.

This can include getting mutual trademark licenses in place to allow your brewery and partner organization to use the other’s IP in their marketing.

This sort of agreement should include clauses defining how long the relationship is in place, how you can renew or sell the IP, how to terminate the partnership, etc. 

But you’re also creating new IP through this product launch, so you’ll want to define who owns what and for how long as well.

And you’ll want to trademark and protect these assets just as you would any of your other IP. 

I’m now firmly outside of my lane, so consult your attorney (and urge your co-branding partner to do the same) so you don’t get derailed by an annoying admin thing, or misunderstanding, down the line.

 

A note on co-branding with influencers 

We wrote earlier about how co-branding with a celebrity can be a good move (sometimes).

One thing to think about when partnering with any person, or brand, is where their audience is.

Yeah, getting The Rock® to hawk your beer could be fun. But can you scale and actually sell your beer to every single one of his followers? (Another important thing to consider here—some of whom might not even be LDA?)

This brings up “nano” or “micro-influencers.” These are generally characterized as anyone that focuses on a specific hobby, topic or interest and has 1k up to 100k followers. 

Social proof is a real phenomenon, so this can be a smart play. 

My caution here would be that you actually meet with this person, in person to feel them out and make sure they’re actually a decent person (not a degenerate who just happens to be charismatic on social media).

There are historically bad examples of celebrity endorsements and co-branding partnerships backfiring.

But I think this threat is just as real for a smaller brewery, and smaller influencers.  
 
Again, this all comes down to values. Does this influencer person align with your brewery and what you stand for? If so, co-brand with them all day long. 

(Above): Co-branding / endorsement disasters. Partnering with a celebrity can be great. Until it isn't 


 

Co-branding = signaling 

Co-branding is a fun marketing strategy. 

And I think the underlying mechanism that makes this really compelling isn’t just slapping another company’s logo on your can.

It’s that co-branding sends a signal that your brewery is cool—that other brands want to associate with you. 

This may seem like it’s putting the cart before the horse, but hear me out.

If your brewery is co-branding with a cool local company, that means that your brewery is also cool.

Beyond sales, profit and all the important business stuff that we track and obsess over on a day-to-day basis, this idea may actually be one of the most valuable results you can get from these relationships.

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at CBC in Las Vegas TOMORROW

Cody and I are having fun prowling around the CBC trade show floor and sitting in on other seminars.

But the fun and games stop tomorrow at 1:30pm Pacific when we take the main stage for our presentation.

Just kidding. There will still be plenty of fun and games (and beers) afterwards,

Come join our seminar if you're in town and want to learn how you can use Brand Architecture to scale your brewery and future proof your new product development work.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/bbt-exclusive-3a-quick-dirty-guide-to-co-branding/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 062

The Regional Brewery Playbook (What we're seeing in our Regional branding work)

Morning!

This is the second of four exclusive topics we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2024 Beer Branding Trends report. 

We aren't publishing these insights on the main article, so if there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

As a reminder, we're currently fielding subscriber-submitted questions for a Q&A podcast episode. If you've got questions on anything in this issue or our annual review, please shoot me an email

Thanks for being a BBT subscriber!

Let's get into it.





The entire beer industry is dealing with a down economy.

But mid-market and Regional Breweries are dealing with a uniquely challenging set of headwinds today.

They’re small enough that they face competition from more nimble, local outfits, but are still big enough that they often compete with Big Beer for placements (and price and distribution channels).

Today's hyper-competitive market sees more breweries than ever in operation while we're also seeing troubling consumer preference shifts (i.e. they're drinking less beer).

Throw in a labor shortage and increased interest rates and it’s not hard to see why so many larger breweries are dealing with flat (to declining) sales.

So, not a super rosy picture.

But take heart—it’s not all doom and gloom.

We’ve worked with several Regional Breweries over the last year who are making smart moves aimed at shoring up their flanks and better positioning their business for the long term.

Here’s what we’re seeing in our projects and field work.

(Above): The Brewers Association (BA) defines a Regional Brewery as any outfit that produces between 15k and 6 million barrels per year.

Internally at CODO, we consider any brewery that produces approximately 7k bbl to 75k bbl per year and distributes across state lines to be a Regional. (This is a little more precise than a 5.9M+ range.)





Brand Strategy as a Diagnostic Tool 

Brand Strategy is an integral part of our branding process, and for good reason: Without framing your brewery’s positioning and differentiators, key messaging, values, personality, voice, vision and essence to guide downstream design deliverables, anything we design will just be pretty form making.

Could it help you sell more beer? Sure, maybe.

But properly defining your Brand Strategy allows us to understand your entire context, including pain points and threats to resolve as well as opportunities to seize.


We usually go into projects with a well-defined scope (e.g., revamping your brand identity, packaging or building a new website), and frame Brand Strategy en route to knocking out that work.

Today, we’re seeing a rise in Regional Breweries who are wanting us to frame their Brand Strategy as a diagnostic to figure out where they currently stand, pain points they can address and opportunities they should consider targeting.

As we mentioned earlier in our annual review, there can be a sense amongst older breweries of having no idea
where the hell they even are right now.

And a Brand Strategy process can be an insightful way of bringing in an outside set of eyes to size up your situation, tell you where you sit relative to your competition, and make recommendations that you might explore based on what we’re seeing.

(Above): Several Brand Strategy, Brand Essence and art direction docs, including one for Birdsmouth Beer.



 

Less rebrands & more brand refreshes

We’re seeing less wholesale rebrands amongst our Regional Brewery clients and more brand identity and package refreshes.

Read more about the differences between these approaches here.

There are a few reasons why this could be—rebranding is never without risk, and people are becoming more risk averse and budget conscious due to the economic environment we’re in. 

And unless your brand identity and positioning poses an immediate and existential threat, it can be easier, faster and less risky to look for opportunities to drive incremental growth.

What are some quick wins you can rack up this year, or next?

So, a brand refresh that addresses annoying inconsistencies, or a core package refresh that breathes new life into your on-shelf presence may be a better investment than burning everything to the ground and starting fresh 29 years in (even if that's what your heart really wants). 



Heavy rationalization & package refreshes

The last several years have seen breweries dramatically revise and decrease the size and range of their portfolios.

But we’re seeing this even more aggressively amongst our Regional clients. 

We’ve seen figures like 50+ brands removed from rotation last year with 50+ more slated to be retired this year.

And this makes sense in a tighter market.

Can you afford to make an amber ale that may be a fan favorite, but only accounts for 6% of your revenue?

You have to set emotion aside here and be craven when defining your priority brands moving forward. 

 

We’re seeing them re-entrench on current footprint

This point often goes hand in hand with heavy SKU rationalization.

We’re seeing Regional Breweries pull out of lower performing markets in favor of doubling down on their current footprint and/or home market.

2024 is not a time to be a mile wide and an inch deep.

Owning your backyard will be crucial moving forward.

(Above): Smart Brand Architecture moves from leading Regional breweries, including lots of Sub Brand development, Line Extensions, co-branding and variety packs. 



 

Growing via Brand Architecture

Most of our Regional Brewery work over the last year has included a heavy Brand Architecture component. A few examples:

Brand Architecture to guide future innovation: That could be Brand Architecture mapping to get a sense of all of a brewery’s brands, locations and as a tool to guide new product development.

Building new brands and Sub / Endorsed Brands: We’re helping a lot of our Regional clients launch entirely new brands (lager, hazy IPA, Hop Water, NA beer) and/or taking a best-selling brand and spinning it out as a Sub Brand (or, scaling the Sub Brand Ladder).

Beyond Beer: I still believe the future of beer is, well, beer. But a diversified portfolio, to include non-alcoholic products, RTDs and FMBs and spirits, will be crucial to recruiting new drinkers and staying relevant for your current fans moving forward.

Mergers & Acquisition (M&A) City: We’re seeing a lot of M&A activity this year, to include: Breweries buying other breweries, buying (or selling) brands, creating new concepts / brands to serve as a beachhead in a new market, selling off brands or forming joint ventures to find more scale.

(Above): This Brand Architecture Map charts out short and medium term category opportunities this brewery could explore based on our broader Brand Strategy recommendations.



 

A final note here for Regional & Legacy Breweries: On acting your age

We’ve had several philosophical conversations with Regional Brewery founders and CMOs recently on the idea that everyone is looking for the next moon shot.

In the words of one of our clients, “You’re seeing a lot of breweries flailing around and throwing stuff at the wall.

Maybe we should launch a hard tea? Or a hard juice? How can we find our own Voodoo Ranger? How can we attract younger drinkers?”

A quick note on this, if I may:

I agree with this sentiment. It’s a tough market right now, but rather than throwing a bunch of new products out into the world to see what sticks, I’d suggest taking a more clinical look at your brand and acting your age.

In this context, acting your age means bringing to bear all of your experience—all of your QA/QC and innovation capabilities, and your marketing and sales resources, and your distribution network—to fundamentally reimagine your portfolio. 

What have you historically stood for? What do you stand for today? And where do you want to take your business moving forward?

Is there an opportunity to dip into your back catalog and re-introduce an old favorite? Or treat a bygone brand as an LTO offering?

And on new product development, specifically, where can your brewery credibly play? What new products will track with your current fans, and what would just confuse people?

New beverage categories will rise and fall.

Acting your age means being thoughtful about how you innovate, where you take your brand and how you build your brewery’s business for the long haul.




(Below): Legacy Breweries who are only getting better with age.

Around the Shop

CODO is headed to Vegas for CBC

CODO Design will be in Las Vegas next week to host a seminar on Brand Architecture. 

Shoot me an email if you'll be there and want to grab a beer and talk shop.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/bbt-exclusive-2-the-regional-brewery-playbook/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 061

Tools & tactics for defining your brewery's Brand Equity

Morning!

This is the first of four exclusive topics we’re covering here in our newsletter from our larger 2024 Beer Branding Trends report. 

We aren't publishing these insights on the main report, so if there’s someone on your team you think would benefit from reading these, please forward this email to them or have them sign up here.

As a reminder, we're currently fielding subscriber-submitted questions for a Q&A podcast episode. If you've got questions on anything in this issue or our annual review, please shoot me an email

Thanks so much for being a BBT subscriber.

Let's get into it.


Defining your Brand Equity is an important part of successfully rebranding your brewery. 

Which existing elements stay and which can be jettisoned often provoke some of the liveliest debates during our work. But the frustrating thing about this entire subject is that *concretely* defining which visual signifiers are mission critical for your brand, and which aren’t, is more art than science. 

We've fielded a nonstop stream of brewery rebrands and refreshes since 2018 and this refrain has been a through line in a lot of that work:

“We want to build on what we’ve developed over the years, but we’re not quite sure what to build on.”

So, for this 2024 Beer Branding Trends Exclusive issue, I wanted to outline some of the ways that we measure visual and Brand Equity.

This will give you some different perspectives to consider and tools to use to define your own equity, for if or when you embark on your brewery’s rebrand.

(Above): Dogfish Head has refreshed its packaging several times over the years. A constant through all of these updates has been there iconic shark and shield badge. This is a powerful piece of visual equity that, if lost, would likely result in a drop in sales.




On Brand Audits

The first step in framing your equity is a brand audit.

This is a rigorous examination of all of your brewery’s internal and external communications going back to your earliest days. This includes any existing positioning and brand strategy work (brand guidelines, style guides, Brand Architecture maps), identity and package design (primary and secondary formats, tap handles, merch), digital assets (website, social media, email), events (parties, beer festivals, tap takeovers), relationships, news and earned media.

Through this, we’re working to define your visual and Brand Equity.

We’ve defined these before, but as a refresher:

Brand Equity is the total amount of goodwill your brand has with your customers. This is more brand-level stuff focused on your messaging, positioning, values, value props, personality, voice and key communication pillars.

How do people talk about your brewery? What role do you play in your community? Are you generally top of mind?

Like your brand itself, these connotations, associations and stories live inside your customers’ minds. They inform your visual identity and packaging but are upstream of them.

Visual equity are all the cues that, if lost through a rebrand, could set you back in the off-premise (e.g., people may not be able to easily find your iconic packaging because you’ve changed it too drastically).

This can include things like SKU-specific colors that you've used for years, unique packaging hierarchy, naming conventions, your interior design style, an illustration style, custom typography and other iconography.



 

Brand Equity, while the fuzzier concept of the two, is actually easier to frame.

Consumer surveys and stakeholder interviews can quickly suss out how people perceive your brand, what associations they make with your brewery, your overall reputation, where you sit relative to your competition, and so forth. 

But your visual equity is where you’re kind of guessing (or at least, leading with your gut). 

So, let’s now examine some of the ways we’ve helped our clients define their equity ahead of a rebrand.

(Above): Prost Brewing had zero Visual Equity to carry forward through their rebrand. This allowed for a more profound break from their previous identity and packaging.





How we determine what visual and Brand Equity is actually valuable 

 

1. The value of consistency over time

A lot of our brand audit conversations center around the value of consistency over time. If you’ve consistently used a particular illustration style, or brand voice, or packaging format, then there can be important equity there.

We generally give more weight to an element’s visual equity if you’ve been consistently using it for several years, during which you saw growth. 

This qualifier is important: No matter how you define growth—top line revenue, profit, annual bbl production, whatever metrics you choose to look at—you should see an overall upward trend in those figures. 

Why? 

Because if you’ve used the same look forever but haven’t seen growth, then who cares how much recall it might have? (This is like continuing to eat Doritos when you’re trying to lose weight, because, well, you’ve always eaten Doritos. Ahh, Cool Ranch Equity®.)

Important Brand Equity almost always includes your brewery name and beer names. It often includes composition components of your logo, so maybe not the entire logo itself, but its general shape and format. 

And it usually includes SKU-specific colors and iconography. e.g., “We’ve used the same color on this IPA for 12 years, so at a minimum, this is what people would look for on the shelf.”

(Imagine for a moment if Sierra Nevada changed its iconic Pale Ale packaging from green to a vibrant purple? How does that make you feel?)

It’s also common to see illustration style here, though it’s been our experience that the fact that you use illustrations itself carries its own equity rather than a particular illustration style.

This may seem counterintuitive, but you may have a good amount of leeway in how you update an illustration so long as you don’t completely jettison the use of illustrations altogether. (Of course, YMMV.)


2. When you just *know* something is important

When rebranding a brewery, it’s common to hear some version of, “We can’t change X because it’s important” without any real data to back up the claim. 

While this perspective is qualitative (and therefore unfalsifiable), that doesn’t mean we should discount it. And we rarely do in our work.

We’re hesitant to cast aside anyone’s gut feeling, particularly a long-tenured marketing director or brewery founder.

But you should never accept something at face value without interrogating it with a few of the other concepts we’ll outline here shortly. 

And another point to consider here: It’s worth mentioning that this idea can fall victim to normalcy bias (e.g., you’ve been looking at the same logo or can design for X number of years and you can’t imagine a world where this is substantially changed).

Again, that doesn’t mean you’re not right, but make sure you're thinking through whether your own biases and concerns might be clouding this process and getting in the way of moving your brewery’s brand forward.

Be as objective as you can here.


3. Ball parking the cost associated with changeover

The actual cost to pull off a huge visual changeover is about as concrete a metric as you can get. If it will take you $2M+ to change over all your vehicle wraps, distributor assets, tap handles and so forth throughout your market, then this has to be considered when defining your visual equity. 

We hear this concern a lot from CFO and COO-types during rebrands, and for good reason.

What’s the point of rebranding if you can’t afford to roll out your new look?

This point shouldn’t have the final say in which elements have more equity than others, but it can often serve as a tiebreaker in the decision or at least shape your thinking.


4. Trademark / Trade dress / IP considerations

Intellectual property (IP) is an important consideration in the rebranding process as well because updating a mark, even subtly, can have downstream legal consequences. 

I know just enough here to be dangerous, so in the interest of not sounding like an idiot, read this chapter from Craft Beer, Rebranded for more info on managing your IP during a rebrand. 

And here’s a great conversation with CODO’s IP attorney (and brewery founder), Matthew McLaughlin on this subject as well.


5. Category conventions & competitive set considerations

These considerations are more external than internal, but they should still be considered as you weigh your brewery’s visual and Brand Equity.

I’ll touch on them both together since we view them as two sides of the same coin.

On category conventions: Have category conventions evolved since you came to market in a way that might make any of your visual equity obsolete?

Is there a way to adhere to your category’s must-haves, but rise above them in a differentiated, delightful way that builds on any of your existing equity? 

On your competitive set: How has your competitive set evolved over the years?

If so, how could this affect what value you place on certain elements of your visual and Brand Equity?

A common scenario we’ve seen in our work, particularly among CPG food and Bev clients is that you come to market and completely define a category’s look. (Our work with Sitka Salmon Shares is a good example here.)

What this means is that you may have tons of visual equity, but that this has been eroded by myriad copycats.

This doesn’t mean you have to cede your ground here, but you do need to consider whether a substantial pivot might be a better move to get clear of the crowd once more.





(Below): Defining Left Field Brewery's visual equity was a straight forward process. They came to CODO with a clearly defined positioning and point of view in place. Our job was to build on their visual equity in a subtle way that helps them better tell this story in retail.

(Above): The Recall Test: Could someone recognize your packaging at a quick glance in retail, even if blurred?



 

The Recall Test (or, how to measure your Brand Equity, Fast and Slow)


Our Craft Beer, Rebranded Workbook includes a series of Recall Tests that aim to capture peoples’ most basic understanding of your brand identity and packaging.

This is one of the most concrete ways we've found to quantitatively measure visual equity. 

What have people come to instinctively recognize—without thinking—as your brand identity and packaging indicators.

Could someone recognize your packaging or logo, even if blurred?

(Daniel Kahneman’s work on System 1 vs. System 2 thinking inspired us to create this in case you want more background on our approach here.)

As a preview, we (or, you) direct your taproom customers to draw different components of your Brand Identity and packaging from memory.

The Craft Beer, Rebranded Workbook includes worksheets with various blank formats for this (12oz and 16oz cans, 6-pack carriers, bottle labels, tap handles and merch). All you need to add in are markers or pencils.

(Pro tip: Catch people earlier in the night vs. later for more, let's say, efficacious results.)

Our goal with this exercise is to gather several dozen examples from real world customers. 

Once you’ve gathered everything, review to see what common elements people drew. Is there a particular color people overwhelmingly associate with your brand? Is there a distinctive element on your packaging that people picked up on? Or an icon or interesting typography build from your logo? 

These are the sort of elements that could be considered more sacrosanct as you continue through your rebrand.

Wrapping up

Unfortunately, there’s no magic bullet for defining your brewery’s visual equity. 

We’ve worked with several top 50 breweries and a few $500M+ consumer packaged goods (CPG) food and bev brands, and even at this level, with all the money in the world (metaphorically speaking) to throw at expensive surveys and tests and studies and focus groups, I’m still not sure you can ever define your equity with 100% certainty.

But don’t let that slow you down.  

These decisions come down to what you want to build your brand around. 

– What is your story? 

– What are your unique differentiators? 

– And what existing stuff—iconography, colors, taglines, etc.—will help you build your brand moving forward?

Define those as best as you can and move forward with confidence.

Further reading

1. Here's a good overview of Tropicana's disastrous (and short-lived) 2009 rebrand. This little maneuver cost them more than $50M and is estimated to have cost more than $30M in sales.

2. Here's our take on Anchor Brewing's rebrand. To be clear, this move didn't cause Anchor to close down after more than 125 years in business. But it was still an abject failure.

(And since we're here, I might as well put this out into the universe: If you, or someone you know, ends up buying Anchor's IP, or overseeing its comeback, please reach out to CODO. We'd love to right that wrong.)

Around the Shop

Catch out CBC presentation live

CODO Design will be in Las Vegas here in a few weeks hosting a seminar on Brand Architecture. 

Shoot me an email if you'll be there and would like to grab a beer and talk shop.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/bbt-exclusive-1-defining-your-brand-equity-fast-slow/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 060

CODO's 2024 Beer Branding Trends Review is out now!

Good morning!

I'm excited to share our 2024 Beer Branding Trends Review with you. 

This is our annual deep dive on what we see shaping the beer and Bev Alc space (from a branding perspective) right now.

1. Read the report here.

2. If audio is more your speed, Cody and I recorded a companion podcast that serves as high-level overview of this piece. Listen to that here.





As a thank you for being a subscriber, we've pulled out 4 specific portions of this report and sending them to your inbox only over the coming weeks.

These issues include:

1. Defining your Brand Equity: Fast & Slow (April 9)

2. The Regional Brewery Playbook (April 16)

3. A Quick & Dirty Guide to Co-Branding (April 23)

4. The Year of Lager? (April 30)

These issues are newsletter exclusives, meaning they won't be published in our broader report.

So you can brag to your colleagues who aren't BBT subscribers about how much more informed you are on all things beer branding and marketing. 

Or you can just use these insights to build a stronger brand and outcompete them. (Your call.)



If you're reading this, then you don't have to do anything to receive these exclusive emails—you're already in.

If you'd like to make sure your team member(s) receive these exclusive insights, please forward this email to them (or have them subscribe here).



We're also planning to record a Q&A podcast on this year's report in a month or so.

Please email me any questions you have on anything we cover here and we'll field those on the show.



Here's an outline for this year's report:

Section 1: Beer Branding & Positioning

Rebrands & Refreshes: Why are breweries rebranding right now?

• Rebranding to figure out where to go from here
• Rebranding to address Brand Architecture issues
• Refreshing their packaging after heavy SKU rationalization 
• Rebranding a specific beer
• Legacy Breweries are rebranding to find their third wind 
• Breweries are preparing for a change of the guard 
• Defining your Brand Equity: Fast & Slow (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)

Websites

• Your website as a content marketing hub
• An exciting rise in email marketing

Lifestyle Brands, Revisited
 

• Own an occasion 
• Blue collar Lifestyle Brands
• Lean into local pride

What's in a (style) name?
 

• IPA vs. Hazy
• Lager as a Brand

Breweries are taking their merch seriously
 

• Your merch is a direct reflection of your business
• Your merch should reinforce your positioning and story
• Give your fans winks and nods
• Create merch drops and scarcity 
• Please exit through the gift shop
• Driving revenue vs. Branding building

Hospitality-focused Breweries: Taprooms & Brewpubs 
• Multi-use spaces 
• Create a killer bar experience 
• Food as a differentiator

The Regional Brewery Playbook  (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)
 

Section 2: Brand Architecture 

The continued march of Sub / Endorsed Brands

• Sub Brands. So hot right now.
• How to Scale the Sub Brand Ladder
• First Steps: Create a Platform
• Intermediate Steps: Give it some gas
• Final Steps: Take "the Leap"

Restaurant vs. Brewery

A Quick & Dirty Guide to Co-Branding (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)

Section 3: Beer & Beyond (Exploring the Fourth Category)

The year of lager? (BBT Newsletter Exclusive)

The curious case of ABV

Hop Water (+ NA Beer)


• On categorical differentiation 
• How do you position Hop Water?
• Hop Water's Brand Architecture 
• A quick note on NA beer

Hard Cider

• Parallels between cider and beer
• Cider's halo effect
• Cider as a beverage platform 

Teas & RTDs (+ FMBs & Juice)

Section 4: Branding & Package Design Trends

Nostalgia 
• Overview + 70s, 80, 90s/00s

Even more mascots

Dimensional Typography

Gloopy Typography 

Vibrant & Neon

Around the Shop

[Podcast] 2024 Beer Branding Trends Overview

Here's a fun companion podcast that Cody and I recorded that covers everything we see shaping the beer and Bev Alc industry right now.

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/2024-beer-branding-trends-is-out-now/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss Co-branding in craft beer, and why this is such a fun strategy right now.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/065-a-quick-dirty-guide-co-branding/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down with Jacob Virgil to discuss their recent rebranding project with NoDa Brewing.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Rebranding NoDa Brewing [Case study]

2. NoDa Brewing

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/rebranding-noda-brewing-feat-jacob-virgil/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss what they’re seeing in their Regional Brewery branding work.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/063-the-regional-brewery-playbook/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss how to actually frame your visual and Brand Equity

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Beer Branding Trends Report

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/062-defining-your-brand-equity-fast-slow-podcast/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss CODO’s 2024 Beer Branding Trends review.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. 2024 Craft Beer Branding Trends

2. Join the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter to receive exclusive insights

3. How to design better merch

4. How to scale the Sub Brand Ladder

5. Modular Brand Identity Systems

6. Hop Water

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 7,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/061-2024-beer-branding-trends-report-overview/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 059

Let's talk Hard Cider

Morning!

Quick admin note here: We’re less than 2 weeks out from launching our 2024 Beer Branding Trends review. 

All 23,000+ words of it. 

Stay tuned.

In the meantime, I wanted to give you a preview of a segment from this report on one of CODO’s favorite beverage segments.

The hard cider market has been interesting to watch.

It’s been quietly growing in the background for as long as the contemporary beer industry, and has actually outperformed beer sales as of late (driven in large part by imperial ciders).

Along the way, several cider outfits have built up impressive empires spanning multi-regional footprints and posting production figures that would put them amongst the top 50 breweries by volume.

And cider itself is an interesting category that mirrors a lot of the self-examining questions the craft beer industry wrestled with in the early 2010s as the category began its rocket ship growth path.

Namely, a (sometimes) heated conversation surrounding defining what hard cider even is.

(Above): Brewery > Cider — I bet we'll see more breweries release Hard Cider brands over the coming years.

Read more about Good George Brewing's cider program here

And the City Roots Cider (formerly Harpoon Craft Cider) is a good example of a brewery scaling the Sub Brand Ladder.



 

What is hard cider?

– Is it a cloying, apple-forward commodity CPG product with a surly tree adorning each bottle? 

– Or is it an artisan product, made from only the finest fresh-pressed juice and served locally in the Old World tradition? 

– Does independence and ownership matter? 

– Do you have to grow your own apples to be authentic?

– Does hard cider have to be apple-based, or can it follow in beer’s footsteps by continually stretching the bounds of what constitutes the category itself?

This latter point is more compelling when you look at broader Bev Alc trends of setting aside quaint notions like category conventions and TTB classifications to focus more on flavor (!) and ABV (!!) and attitude (!!!).

I could go on and on about this category (I love, love, love) hard cider, but I’ll stop now and outline a few big points we’re seeing in our project work in this space.

(Above): Imperial ciders, like imperial IPAs, are a major category growth driver.




Parallels between beer and hard cider

We’re seeing a lot of the same trend lines driving growth in cider that are at play in the beer industry, including:

– Flavors, novel and bold, are driving consumer trial. 

– Imperial Ciders are a big growth driver. 

– Adjuncts (especially non-Apple fruits) are expanding cider’s reach. 

– NA ciders could be a viable segment to explore (though, make sure you mind your Brand Architecture in these cases). 

– Better for you / functional ciders (with esoteric ingredients like Adaptogens & Nootropics) could see growth. 

– Light ciders (low cal and crushable) could see growth. 

(Above): Lagers are trending right now as beer consumers look for familiar, easy drinking options. 

Is there an opportunity for light ciders to see the same growth?




 

Cider’s halo effect

From a messaging standpoint, cider benefits from a perceived “naturalness.” 

This can’t be bad for you, it’s just apples.

Cider’s innate agricultural provenance and orchard connection lends a halo effect to the category as a whole. 

It’s not quite better for you, though there is an angle here to reach consumers who are looking for a healthy, honest drink.

The same can be said for cider’s gluten free claim. 

This value prop punches way above its weight. (i.e. in CPG packaging, if a consumer sees that something is gluten free, they assume it’s a healthier product overall.)

While not necessarily true (e.g. gluten free Oreo’s exist. lol.), this perception does exist. 

And this is a good thing for folks who are building hard cider brands. 

(Above): We're seeing a lot of the same Fourth Category exploration from cideries as we are from breweries.



 

Cider as a beverage platform: Opportunity and risks

We’re seeing the same push into Fourth Category beverages from cideries as we are across the rest of beer and Bev Alc (e.g. cider brands producing sodas, teas, functional beverages, pre and probiotic sodas, RTDs, seltzers, beer, wine and spirits). 

On one hand, I think it’s smart to view cider as a platform for innovation and exploration.

But on the other hand, you have to wonder: 

How far can you push hard cider [away from apples] before a consumer is just buying another (commodity) FMB or RTD cocktail?

I think experimenting with non-apple fruit is a natural, credible play for most cideries, but beyond that, you should think carefully about the positioning and Brand Architecture implications of launching non-cider and further afield products. 

The further away you get from apples as a base, the further you get away from what makes the segment special in the first place.


— 


Wrapping up

We’ve helped breweries launch basically every type of beverage you can dream up at this point—seltzer, RTDs, coffees, kombucha, NA beer, Hop Water, teas, punches, spirits, and on and on. 

But we haven’t seen too many breweries release hard ciders. 

Yet.

I think hard cider could be a great category for more breweries to explore as they look to diversify their portfolio and find incremental growth.

Conversely, for the cideries and cider industry itself, I think that if (or as) beer’s collective share continues to slide, this is all the more opportunity you need to continue ascending and stealing overall share. 

Either way, I bet we see more breweries get into cider over the coming years. 

And I’m here for it. 

Around the Shop

How to produce 100k+ bbl of cider with Schilling Hard Cider

We had a fun conversation with Eric Phillips, CCO of Schilling Cider a few years back. 

This interview touches on:

– Brand Values, and how Schilling invests in its team 
– The benefits of a multi-regional footprint 
– Fourth category options for the cider industry 
– Who's drinking hard cider
– Cider value props
– Expanding by "drafting" into new markets 
– Hard cider in the on-prem vs. off-prem

And much, much more. Such a great conversation.

CODO x CBC

Cody and I have been selected to host a seminar at CBC this year titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop and/or discuss working together.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/lets-talk-hard-cider/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 058

Cold Drinking Beer: Building a Sub Brand that can travel




A few admin items before we get going here:

1.
Click here to read this post on our site (and see much larger images).

2. Cody and I recorded a fun podcast with Robby and Michael from Virginia Beer Co. on building the Cold Drinking Beer Sub Brand. Listen to that conversation here.





Morning! (Glad you're here.)

Today, we’re going to walk through a recent project that sits firmly at the intersection of a few major trends that are happening in craft beer right now.

Namely: Building Sub Brands, the rise of craft lager and lifestyle positioning. 

In mid-2023, Virginia Beer Co. (VBC) reached out to CODO for help branding a new product called Cold Drinking Beer.

Their team was excited about an opportunity they saw to create a standalone beer brand that could travel beyond Virginia state lines.

A few breweries in the mid-Atlantic market are making easy drinking, light(ish) beers, but none that stood apart from their brewery’s parent brand.

So other than a handful of products in that camp, and the entrenched macros, they felt that this was a great opportunity to create something fun that everyone (drinkers, retailers and wholesalers) could get excited about.

This project entailed Brand Strategy and Brand Architecture (so, where does this brand live within the VBC portfolio), brand identity, package design, web design and initial launch / sales assets. 

Let’s walk through the process, highlighting a few important points along the way.

Brand Strategy & Positioning

Brand Strategy is an important part of bringing any new brand to market, but for Cold Drinking Beer, it was mission critical.

This is a very specific play, and if we whiff on any of these foundational pillars, the entire thing won’t go. 

Through this work, we’re framing the following:

– What is Cold Drinking Beer? 
– What style is it? (more on this in a minute…)
– What’s the format / price point?
– How is it positioned?
– What are the brand’s key messaging, tone of voice and personality?
– Who will drink it & what role does it play in their life?
– [In a sea of options,] why does this beer matter?  
 

Here are a few highlights pulled directly from our Brand Strategy work: 

 

On audience definition: 

Cold Drinking Beer will cater to the Fatigued Craft Drinker. “This is a craft beer that doesn’t go out of its way to bill itself as a (capital C, capital B) Craft Beer. We want to appeal to craft drinkers who want a quality beer, but are fatigued by IPAs, industry gimmicks, or scorchingly high ABV. They’re looking for a breather beer that matches their changing palate and lifestyle.” 

 

On messaging & imagery to avoid: 

This is not a brand ripped from the 1970s; we’re not trying to evoke a sense of forced nostalgia (“fauxstalgia”), and we’re not trying to sell the past. Legacy nostalgia brands can come off feeling kind of cheap; this should be the craft answer to that. 


Brand Essences 

We developed three unique Brand Essences to pull all of this messaging and strategy work together for art direction. These included: 

– “Your Old Pal” 
– “Take a Breather” 
– “Celebrate Each Other” 

The feel of the “Old Pal” direction combined with the tone and personality of “Celebrate Each Other” immediately resonated with the Virginia Beer Co. team.

But there were a few other concerns to work through before moving onto design: 

– Make the colors cooler (we skewed warmer in the mood boards to connote warmth and approachability, but the VBC team wasn't feeling it). This beer is cold, after all. 

– Make sure that the beer name is super legible at a glance.

– “We want this beer to have a humble confidence, but are these directions too humble?"

Great feedback here, and it highlights why Brand Strategy and art direction are an important first step in any project.

Had we jumped straight into concept development without these conversations, we would’ve ended up presenting a bunch of stuff that wasn’t right.

And then people’s feelings are hurt and the whole project can go sideways real quick.

Properly framed Brand Strategy prevents this. 

Okay, onto initial concept development (a very churched up way of saying "sketching.")

(Above): Snapshots from our initial sketching. Most of this didn’t make it into the first presentation.

 

Initial concepts 

We shared three initial concepts, and there were a few through lines in this work: Minimal, typography-driven, familiar and slightly nostalgic (without trying too hard).

But each direction still had its own special something. 

– The first direction centered around this grocery store window painted sign vibe (e.g. ice, beer, bait)

– The second direction was the most contemporary of the bunch. It was bold, punchy and really, really proud of itself. “As proud of yourself as you can get without being an asshole,” as someone put it during the presentation.

– The third direction was understated and confident. It was supposed to look like it’s existed for decades without trying too hard to evoke that connection.

After a lively conversation, it turned out we were pretty close to the mark, as-is, with direction 2. 

(Cue awkward-CODO-high-fiving montage followed by shuffling to the kegerator for a well-earned lager at — checks watch — 10:45am?)

Onto revisions.

The Revisions Phase

We were in a good spot after our initial presentation, but there was still a lot of work, internal critiques, and several rounds of revisions to get Cold Drinking Beer where the Virginia Beer Co. team was happy and it met CODO's standard. 

We worked through a lot of stuff here: Dialing in the colors and typography, finessing the packaging composition (primary vs. secondary), developing taglines, iconography and other important trade dress to round out the brand identity.

Rather than bore you with 600 variations of slab serifs and tagline build options, here’s a montage gif to give you an idea of how much ground we covered through the revisions phase.

Sweating the (not so) small stuff 

There were a few important points that we discussed in our initial Brand Strategy work that we couldn’t answer early on.

Instead, we had to see how the design took shape and work through them as we went. 

We dialed these in through the revisions phase, so let’s talk about them now.  

 

On Brand Architecture 

We built Cold Drinking Beer as a standalone brand with zero connection to Virginia Beer Co. (We discussed this decision at length in our companion podcast.)

There were two big reasons for this: 

1. VBC wanted to appeal to a broader audience. And tying this product to a respected (capital C) Craft brewery might narrow their reach. 

2. VBC has regional aspirations for this brand. This is one instance where their (otherwise great) name is a hindrance. 

With so many local options to choose from, why would someone in North Carolina or Delaware or Florida care about a beer from Virginia Beer Co.? 



What’s Cold Drinking Beer's style nomenclature? 

This was an important challenge from our earliest conversations.

Cold Drinking Beer isn’t a lager (it’s more of a Cream Ale). But we wanted to position it like a familiar light beer (so, lager-ish) since it would be vying for similar occasions.

So, what do we call this beer? 

Here, we’re not so much concerned with TTB style designations as we are with how beer styles have evolved as a tool for positioning beer brands.

You know what you’re getting with a light / premium / classic / craft lager.

"Lager" is a brand and it immediately orients you so you understand what type of beer this is and where and when you should drink it.

But anything other than that (e.g. Golden Ale, Blonde Ale, Cream Ale) might just get in the way.

Again, we're not positioning Cold Drinking Beer as a traditional Craft Beer. It’s made with craft ingredients, by a well-respected craft brewery, but that’s not the play here.

So the usual craft beer trappings (IBU, SRM, etc.), including esoteric style designations might just get in the way of what we’re trying to accomplish.

Cold Drinking Beer is your classic beer flavored beer. 

But that term is already done to death.

(Quick aside: I remember working with a brewery back in 2012 who wanted to make beer flavored beer to stand apart from other craft breweries. lol.)

So, again, what do we call it?

Is it a Fridge Beer? A Stocker Beer? A Yellow Fizzy Beer? A Light Beer? A Classic Light? A Domestic Beer? A Premium Light?

Our answer: Beer. 

It’s just beer. If you want to get technical, it’s a Cold Drinking Beer. 

We’ll see how people respond to this and adjust as needed moving forward, but our teams really like the simple confidence of this designation.

 

Taglines

The Cold Drinking Beer name itself does a lot of heavy lifting here, but we still felt that an additional qualifier would be helpful for marketing and messaging.

This tagline and accompanying secondary icon ended up being quizzically challenging (maybe only slightly more so than nailing the style designation).

We ended up looking at more than 30 different icons, lockups and taglines before we got it where it needed to be: Serve cold. Chill together. 

Some of my favorite options (that were summarily vetoed) include:

– Chill before serving.
– Just Be(er) Cool
– Keep it cold / cool
– Snap into a Cold One (???)



Once we had this all wrapped up, we knocked out some other important touch points to help the Virginia Beer Co. team prep for brand launch. This included:

– Initial distributor and chain retail pitch deck support (an oft-overlooked step in this process)
– Sell sheets & POS materials
– Merch mockups 
– Brand Guidelines
– A Microsite

Wrapping up

It’s easy (and fun) to focus on branding and package design. And these things are important. 

But if you’re not getting out there and building a brand day after day, it just won’t go anywhere.

The Virginia Beer Co. team knows this. 

​They’ve already secured several great chain placements (ahead of launch!). Their wholesalers are fully bought in. And they’re going to hit the ground running with heavy on-premise programming. 

So keep your eyes peeled. You may see Cold Drinking Beer in your neighborhood sooner rather than later.

Around the Shop

CODO x Virginia Beer Co podcast: Building the Cold Drinking Beer Brand

Cody and I sat down with Robby (Co-Founder) and Michael (Director of Sales), of The Virginia Beer Co. to discuss the genesis of the Cold Drinking Beer brand. 

Their team has been kicking this idea around for a year or more, and this provides an interesting glimpse at how a brewery takes an idea from pilot batches all the way through to recipe development, brand building, earning wholesaler buy in and launching into both the on- and off-premise.

We're 1 month out from CODO's CBC presentation

Cody and I are hosting a seminar at CBC this year titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop and/or discuss working together.

Countdown to CODO's 2024 Beer Branding Trends Review

Speaking of countdowns, we're less than 4 weeks out from dropping our annual beer and beverage branding trends review. 

Nothing actionable for you here, other than to tell your coworkers to join the newsletter so they don't miss out.

Also, if you made it this far into today's issue, shoot me an email with the subject line "peaches." The tenth person to do so will receive a free copy of our Craft Beer Branding Guide

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-we-built-the-cold-drinking-beer-brand/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss all things Hard Cider.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Our wonderful travel experience headed out to CiderCon.

2. Hard Cider segment overview

3. There are several multi-regional cideries that would land in the top 50 breweries by production volume

4. All eyes on Angry Orchard (and Boston Beer’s quizzical lack of investment in the brand)

5. Defining Hard Cider

6. Should your brewery launch a Hard Cider?

7. Brand Architecture & Fourth Category beverages we’re seeing in cider

8. How far away from apples can you get and still claim to be a cider?

9. Parallels between beer and hard cider

10. NA cider’s are an interesting positioning challenge

11. Exploring cider’s halo effect (an inherent naturalness that comes from being tied to agriculture)

12. Gluten free as a secondary benefit

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/hard-cider-branding-and-positioning/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down with The Virginia Beer Co. to discuss their recent collab: Cold Drinking Beer.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Building the Cold Drinking Beer Brand. [Case Study]

2. The Virginia Beer Co.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/059-how-we-built-the-cold-drinking-beer-brand/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 057

How should a newer brewery think about Brand Architecture?

Morning! 

Most of our Brand Architecture work over the last several years has been with established breweries.

We’ve handled Brand Architecture as part of larger rebranding projects, we’ve developed Sub Brands within a brewery’s portfolio, or more often than not, we’ve simply helped to launch a product in a new category. 

And all of these examples are a given: Brand Architecture is an important tool for scaling your brand and exploring new categories—for finding new relevance and growth, incremental or otherwise. 

But what role does Brand Architecture play in a startup brewery’s go-to-market plan?

Does this concept matter for a nascent brewery? 

My (wishy washy) answer is that, well, it depends. 

 


Historical context 

We’ve seen a sharp rise in inquiries from breweries in planning, and newly-established breweries over the last year or so, that explicitly need Brand Architecture.

This is a marked difference from, say, five years ago. 

(Though, with the proliferation of Fourth Category products, this isn't surprising.)

Brand Architecture for breweries in planning has traditionally been a straight forward concept.

In almost all cases, you would build a monolithic Branded House out of the gate.

This allows you to build your parent brand and brand equity as early and often as possible—a crucial endeavor for a new business in a competitive market. 

The Branded House model made a lot of sense when breweries were predominantly making beer.

But more often than not, the startups we’re talking to and working with today have plans that span beyond beer.

So it’s usually not a question of if, but when these new releases will happen. 

This opens up an entirely new context and is more challenging than simply building a monolithic brewery brand.

Now, you have to consider which consumer these new products will target, which categories you want to live in, and which occasions and lifestyles you might want to target.

And whether or not your parent brand could credibly stretch to meet all these impending demands  

All of these present interesting Brand Strategy and Brand Architecture problems to work through earlier in your business life cycle. 

Three current client examples 

Here are three start up brewery concepts that we’re working with right now (or have branded over the last year).

1. “We’re opening a traditional taproom model brewery (7 barrel system, 12 taps) and plan to sell 90% of our beer across our bar. But we’re also interested in canning a line of tequila RTDs and possibly a few other tequila beverages (likely a year or so in).”

2. “We’re going to contract brew two different beer brands. We think these could relate in some manner, but we’re planning to target specific lifestyles, and positioning opportunities with each one, so I’m not so sure on how much they need to hang together.”

3. “We’re opening a brewpub and will need flagship packaging (plus a crowler and one-off template) intended for sale as carry out only. We’re more interested in opening additional taprooms than we are getting into distribution.”
 




I'm not highlighting these examples because they run the full gamut of the various Brand Architecture approaches you might need to consider (they don't), but because they're indicative of the types of conversations we’re having with new breweries every other week.

It’s rare that we talk to or work with a brewery that is planning to make only beer out of the gate.

Almost all of our projects these days include some sort of Brand Architecture component.


 

Now that we’ve established that today’s start up brewery isn’t the same as yesteryear’s, let’s use each of these examples to examine how Brand Architecture can shape a brewery in planning’s Brand Architecture.

Above: Birdsmouth Beer Co. has a singular focus on lagers. This approach lends itself well to a monolithic, parent brand-forward naming convention. (e.g. Birdsmouth Pils, Birdsmouth Dunkel…)



Scenario 1: You’re opening a taproom-focused brewery to start, and are planning to eventually package / distribute beyond beer offerings. 

In this case, I still think it makes sense to focus on building your parent brand to start, and consider an overarching Branded House model for your beer releases. 

Yes, you have plans for eventually exploring other categories, but we have no idea to what degree your parent brand will (or should) influence these products yet. 

It is worth thinking about how your parent brand could extend into another category during your foundational Brand Strategy work, but you don’t need to focus too heavily on this now because you need to build a strong foundation first in order to have a brand (and brand equity) that is capable (and worthy) of being effectively leveraged down the line. 

If you’re early enough in the process where you’re still considering a corporate name, it could also be worth considering how a particular name could potentially extend it to other categories.

There are important Intellectual Property considerations here (e.g. can you actually trademark one name in different classes), but you should focus more so on how the messaging might shift as you flex into a different category. 

But here again, you should be focusing on your parent brand first and I’d caution you against making decisions that might not end up serving your parent brand long term.

Don’t let the tail wag the dog here.

 

Scenario 2: You’re contract brewing multiple distinct brands, each with their own audience, occasion and lifestyle focus. 

In this case, it sounds like a true House of Brands model makes the most sense.

Assuming these products are different enough (and target different enough audiences, categories and occasions), then there’s no reason to force them to relate to each other.

And doing so might actually undercut the overall effectiveness of your portfolio.

At the top level (behind the scenes incorporation and legal stuff), you’ll likely form a holding company or “Corporate Brand” vs. a “Parent” Brand.

This entity might not even require branding and just live as an LLC. 

A quick excerpt from The Beyond Beer Handbook on this topic:

In this approach, each brand has its own value proposition, messaging, and positioning, and is completely independent as far as the consumer is concerned. We say “corporate” in this case because “parent” denotes some manner of a relationship with an extension. In a House of Brands model, there is no parent brand connection whatsoever.




One downside of this approach is that it is OpEx inefficient (an churched up way of saying it’s expensive and takes a lot of effort to execute correctly).

Remember, you will be building completely independent brands.

And you’ll have to maintain and market them separately, each with their own digital footprint and eventually, their own teams.

That doesn’t mean this approach isn’t valid, or highly effective. But make sure you know what you’re getting into before diving head first into this model.

Above: Left Field Brewery has leaned into Sub / Endorsed  Brand development as a portfolio strategy over the last few years. (Note the Ice Cold Beer line extension—a "lime" extension, if you will.)




Scenario 3: You’re opening a brewpub and intend to sell almost all of your beer across your bar. You will have packaged beer, but this is for carryout and will not end up in distribution.

This is another case where building a monolithic parent brand (aka a Branded House) will likely make the most sense. 

This scenario also induces an interesting question on the importance of package design.

If you’ll be selling your packaged beer solely as carryout—so it won’t end up in retail vying for attention amongst hundreds of other offerings—do you need to invest a significant amount of capital into your can design?

Look, I run a beer and beverage branding firm. 

So I think that everything you put out into the world should properly reflect your story and your positioning and become a special artifact that your customers can enjoy. 

But if you’re not competing out in the off-prem market, it might make more sense to spend your money on your overall brewpub brand and brand experience than on getting gorgeous cans.

(*This isn’t an excuse to produce ugly, shitty packaging. Just consider where your dollars can be better spent.)

Above: Fernson Brewing made a concerted shift away from their parent brand-forward flagship system and towards building Sub Brands within their portfolio.

Read more about this shift here and listen to a podcast conversation with Fernson for even more context here





Closing thoughts

 

On building your parent brand

Unless you’re building a true House of Brands out of the gate, you will want to focus on building a strong parent brand.

Over time, your parent brand will become your most important asset.

It can drive long term growth, and eventually be leveraged into new extensions and categories. 

So even if you intend to explore other beverage categories, make sure you get your parent brand right before you start getting distracted by other opportunities.

Further reading

1. Take the Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.) to quickly sketch out which Brand Architecture system could work for your brewery and planned extensions.

2. Revisit our thinking on monolithic, parent brand-forward naming conventions vs. fanciful names and Sub Brands.

Around the Shop

NoDa Brewing just launched their rebrand! 

Shoutout to the entire team at NoDa Brewing for launching their rebrand.

We've been working with NoDa on this for nearly a year and it's exciting to see everything start to rollout.

We’re building a full case study on this project. For now, here’s a glimpse at what went into this.

CODO is presenting at the Craft Brewers Conference in Vegas

Cody and I have been selected to host a seminar at CBC this year titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop and/or discuss working together.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/brand-architecture-for-a-newer-brewery/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 056

How to Line Extend (while maintaining your audience's trust).

Morning.

We had a great question come in from a subscriber and I wanted to field it here.

Feel free to shoot me an email if you have a question that you’d like us to tackle on the newsletter or podcast.

(*Note, I've anonymized this email a touch, so apologies if it reads kind of weird. That's on me and not the sender.)



Hi, Isaac.

Our brewery has a popular Hazy IPA Sub Brand with an Imperial Line Extension. We've heard from our customers, and seen in taproom trials, that people want more variations of this beer. 

After reading your Sub Brand Summer series, our team has been toying with the idea of pushing this brand even further, possibly beyond the IPA category (would that be a Brand Extension?).

We're not sure how far we want to get away from IPAs (or if we should at all), but would like to release seasonal variants under this Sub Brand, as Line Extensions, that riff on this brand—so a wheat in the summer, a Märzen in fall, etc. 

And that brings us to our issue: Our team is split completely down the middle on this. One half thinks we shouldn't create any non-IPA beers under this brand, and the other half (which includes me), thinks we've built the brand to be broad enough that we could expand it to offer a more diverse range of styles. 

We’ve seen a few other brands do this: Dale’s Pale Ale > Dale’s Lager and Voodoo Ranger > Voodoo Ranger Hard Tea. 

I know we can do this, but want to make sure we're not setting ourselves up for some bigger issue down the line.

What do you think? 

– Jamie



This is an interesting question and one that I think more breweries should think about as they continue to build and scale Sub Brands within their portfolios. 

Let's start with some quick definitions and then dive into this.

A Line Extension is a strategy for extending a brand within the same family or category. This is usually done with a new flavor, style or seasonal variant. (e.g. Sculpin, Grapefruit Sculpin, Aloha Sculpin)

A Brand Extension is when you use your brewery’s name on any product in a non-beer category. (e.g. Dogfish Head Brewing > Dogfish Head Distilling)

For Jamie’s question specifically, these new releases would be Line Extensions since they still fall within the beer category (though I understand her confusion since they are considering venturing into different beer styles).

If she wanted to push this brand into an RTD cocktail, or some other non-beer category, then this would be a Brand Extension.

(Above, Top): Line Extension examples from Ballast Point.

(Above, Bottom): Brand Extension examples from Dogfish Head and Rogue Ales & Spirits.




There are no hard and fast rules here, but I will offer a few thoughts. 


Be careful not to reposition, or dilute, what your Sub Brand stands for

One of our main through lines in The Beyond Beer Handbook was that you can launch extensions, but not at the expense of your parent brand’s reputation and positioning.

Your parent brand is your most important asset and needs to be protected at all times, especially when leveraging it to launch new products. 

This isn’t meant to steer you away from releasing new products. Far from it. But it is a warning to take this all seriously. 

And we should apply this same line of thinking to extending your Sub Brand.

Your (Sub) Brand has specific connotations and values (and messaging, positioning, voice and personality), no different than your parent brand.

And the beer style itself—in this case, a Hazy IPA and an Imperial Line Extension—can be a big part of this overall perception.

So we should treat these sorts of decisions like any other Brand Architecture consideration.

– What does releasing this product (say, a Märzen) say about your parent brand (or in this case, the Hazy IPA Sub Brand)?

– Can my Sub Brand credibly release this new variant? Does it align with what your Sub Brand is known for?

– Will releasing this product tied to your Sub Brand brand help or hinder the Sub (or parent) Brand?

– Are you reaching out to your existing audience or branching out to new drinkers with this new product?

– Could this new release cannibalize sales from the original brand (or any other brands in your portfolio)? 

If your Sub Brand is primarily known as an IPA brand, then IPA extensions (hazy, imperial, west coast, etc.) will be an easier leap than a non-IPA style extension.

Again, this doesn’t mean this isn’t possible.

But you have to carefully weigh the upside, and downside, of the move. 

​Can incremental growth be enough to offset any potential longterm damage / confusion you cause to your Sub Brand by extending into a new style?

(Above): The Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.) will help you navigate these sorts of decisions.



 

Trust is a precious commodity

Your brand, and brand identity, is an assurance that you’ll always deliver.

Your word is bond; a promise.

Your brand is your reputation. And with thousands of options a beer drinker has to choose from today, your reputation is more important than ever. 

Allow me to set a dramatic scene for you to illustrate the risk of Line Extending beyond your Sub Brand's style, and how this can break your brand's promise and harm your reputation.

 

 

Maddie has been a loyal customer of yours ever since releasing your XYZ hazy IPA brand. (It's what introduced her to IPAs in the first place.)

She's been happily buying every variant you’ve released for the last few years.

And this Thursday afternoon is no different, as she grabs your new 6-pk from Kroger along with a few odds and ends she needs for this weekend's meals.  

Later that evening, after dinner (and baths, and reading, and story time) and *finally* getting her daughter to bed, she slips downstairs to have a drink and plan for tomorrow. 

She grabs a can from the fridge, cracks it open and takes a long draw and WHAT THE XXXX IS THIS?!? 

She looks at the label and sees that this isn't the Hazy IPA she's accustomed to.

It's not even a West Coast IPA. Upon further inspection, it’s… a… Sour Ale?

Maddie finishes the can because she’s a hard working mom and was looking forward to her night cap. But she won't be drinking the rest. 

And the next time around, she won't be so open to buying what you're selling. 

This brief moment—an important ritual for her—was a let down.

A broken promise. 

Your brand failed to deliver what it has worked so hard to stand for in Maddie's mind.

*end scene*

 

 

You get my point here: Your brand, including your Sub or Endorsed Brands stand for something in people's minds.

And beer style—along with guardrails around what’s allowed and not allowed from an accepted flavor profile standpoint—is a big part of this.

It's important to give your customers great products and service that live up to their expectations.

(Above): A few examples of Sub Brands that have ventured beyond their original style.

Sierra Nevada's Little Thing started out as a Hazy IPA brand and has grown to include a Sour Ale, a Wheat Ale and a Light Lager.

Oskar Blue's Dale's Brand has been retooled as a Sub Brand and now includes their eponymous Pale Ale as well as a Double IPA and a Light Lager. (Over/under on seeing a Dale's Hard Tea in 2024?)





Let’s now look at a few of the examples Jamie mentioned, including Dale’s and Voodoo Ranger, as well as a few other Sub Brands that have expanded beyond their initial style.

– Sierra Nevada's Little Thing line (a hazy IPA brand family) extended to include a Wheat Beer, a Light Lager and a Sour Ale.

– New Belgium's Voodoo Ranger (an IPA brand family) extended to include a Light Lager, a Hard Tea and a pumpkin beer.

And if you want to really get in the weeds, we could even count their Fruit Force as an entirely different style (IPA used to stand for something, man).

– Oskar Blues expanded Dale's from its flagship Pale Ale to include an Imperial IPA and Light Lager extensions. 



A few notes on these: 

 

On Dale's 

Oskar Blues is actively Scaling the Sub Brand Ladder by spinning the Dale's Sub Brand into its own brand family.

​A quick snapshot of this move: 

– They've bumped Dale's up to the Sub Brand level (acting as its own parent brand).

– They've Line Extended with two new variants (an Double IPA and a Light Lager), in addition to their flagship Pale Ale. 

– They've also created a standalone Dale's website, social channels and hashtag.

– And I suspect that they will have Dale's-specific sales reps and ABPs in the coming years, separate from their overarching Oskar Blue's programs, (if they don't already). 

This is a good move right now, or at least it's in-line with what we're seeing some of our biggest clients, and the largest breweries in the country building today. 

The big challenge for Oskar Blues is whether or not they'll be able to break nearly 30 years of people associating Dale's with Pale Ale (say it out loud, it's actually hard to not automatically finish the name: Dale's…).

(Above): A handful of Voodoo Ranger Line and Brand Extensions.



 

On Voodoo Ranger

Voodoo Ranger is in a choice position where they've grown so successfully, that a lot of these seemingly weird choices (pumpkin, light lager, hard tea) are likely just their team exploring where they can credibly take the brand. 

As an example, I'm not sure the Voodoo Ranger Devilishly Light Lager ever made it out of trial. (And if this is the case, I’m going to bet that’s not because the quality of the beer, but that the positioning ended up not aligning with the broader Voodoo brand. Not to mention how challenging the light lager segment is).

At this point, Voodoo Ranger is its own brand that has eclipsed New Belgium in every metric that matters.

Yes, there's a small New Belgium Endorsement on pack, but I imagine that this has no real bearing on people's purchasing decisions in 2024.

I think of Voodoo Ranger as an IPA brand, but I imagine they're known more for flavor, novelty, high ABV and fun branding (and brand voice) than that style alone.

In other words, if it hasn't already, Voodoo Ranger has transcended style and become a Lifestyle Brand

Again, Voodoo Ranger has the credibility and license to play in whatever categories it wants.

And right now, hard tea is a good bet. (Especially in the convenience channel where they already dominate.)

And if this is the case, that gives their team more freedom to extend into other emergent categories, and do so at scale.

So does a Voodoo Ranger hard tea make sense?  

That's up to Voodoo Ranger drinkers (many of whom are younger and looking for more flavorful, novel, higher ABV options) to decide. 

 

 

We've been talking about behind the scenes Brand Strategy and Brand Architecture stuff today, but it's important to not lose sight of your customers in all this.

And especially so with any sort of extension.

​If you're considering a move like this, pause and ask yourself:


Is a —— drinker a —— drinker?


– Is a Voodoo Ranger drinker a Hard Tea drinker? 

– Is a Dale’s Pale Ale drinker a Light Lager drinker?

– Is a Hazy Little Thing drinker a Sour Ale drinker? 

If you think so, and it won't affect your Sub Brand's positioning, then you can move forward and Line Extend with confidence.

Around the Shop

CODO Design is speaking at CBC!

Cody and I have been selected to host a seminar at CBC this year titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop and/or discuss working together.

Nice article on CODO client Forest Road Brewing

Here's a cool feature on how Forest Road Brewing bought Russian River's brewhouse and then shipped it all the way around the world to London.

It's wild that this happened. And wilder still that the entire plan actually worked and they're now kicking out some of the best beer in the UK. 

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/can-you-line-extend-to-a-different-style/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 055

How to make your packaging work harder for your brewery.

Morning! 

Before diving into today's issue, I wanted to announce that CODO will be presenting at CBC in Las Vegas this April.

This is a huge honor, and we'll have more details on the seminar in the coming months.

I'll include a brief overview in the resources section at the bottom of this email in case you'll be there and want to attend our talk or grab a beer.

Anyway, couldn't wait to announce this.

But enough about us. Let's talk about you (and your brewery's packaging).





I was on a call with a brewery to discuss a package refresh recently and heard something interesting. 

“We’re not sure what we should feature most prominently on our packaging. We’re all over the place now and can’t decide if it makes sense to highlight our brewery’s logo, or the beer name and illustration, the style or some combination of these things.” 

This is actually a common pain point we hear in our work.

And if properly sorted, it can help you sell more beer. 

So that’s what I want to talk about today: Some thoughts on managing your package design hierarchy based on what we’re seeing in our daily project work here at CODO. 

We’ll start with a few strategic considerations and then get more tactical and immediately actionable.

This will give you some things to think about in case you’re considering a package refresh sometime soon. 

Let’s get into it.

(Above): Fernson Brewing had a clear understanding of what issues they wanted to address and what opportunities they saw in their market. Read more about how we helped them pivot their portfolio from a monolithic Branded House towards a series of Sub Brands.




Getting started: Identify your pain points, opportunities and goals

Before making any decisions, you first need to understand your pain points and goals.

You’ll likely do this before deciding that you need to refresh your packaging in the first place. But in case you haven’t, stop and answer the following questions:

– Why are you refreshing your packaging? 

– What isn’t working? 

– What would you like to do better?

– What opportunities do you see to improve things, in small ways and big? 

This may seem like an obvious point, but if you take some time to shake out what exactly it is that you want to address and accomplish through your revamp, you’ll have a clearer road map for how to get there. 

 

You need to understand your broader brand and portfolio strategy, positioning and Brand Architecture

Once you’ve framed your pain points and opportunities, you need to work through your overarching Brand Architecture.

In the interest of not adding another 1,200 words to this issue, you can learn more about this entire subject in our latest book, The Beyond Beer Handbook.

But at a glance, this is an important step because understanding whether you should build a monolithic Branded House vs. a series of Sub / Endorsed Brands vs. a portfolio of standalone brands will drive different design and hierarchy decisions. 

 

 

Once you have these initial strategic parameters defined, you can dig into the nuts and bolts of sorting out where all these info types should go on your packaging.
 

(Above): A look at the various info types you'll have to prioritize and layout across your packaging.


 

How to organize & prioritize your content

For a quick lay of the land, let’s take a look at all the information you have to balance on your packaging:

– Your brewery's brand identity (your core logo)
– The beer’s fanciful name (if applicable)
– The beer’s style
– The beer’s specific art, e.g. colors, illustrations and iconography (if applicable)
– The beer’s tasting notes and/or description
– The vessel size (e.g. 12 fl oz)
– Tagline / ethos statements
– Misc. violators (e.g. Awards, BA Independent Seal, specific health claims, provenance claims, etc.)
– Admin panel (e.g. Government warning, barcode, Brewed & Canned by statement, adjunct or special ingredient declarations, "please recycle,” be kind, rewind, etc.)
– Born on / best by dates 
– Nutritional Facts (if applicable)
– Quantity (for cartons, if applicable)
– Printer / can manufacturer indicia (if applicable)






So… that’s a lot of info to fit on a 12 or 16oz can. And even tougher if you’re bottling (which is essentially a business card-sized canvas). 

Here are a handful of things to think about as you set out to organize and prioritize all of this.

(Above): Bottles present another challenge due to their small canvas size. This usually means the carrier has to carry a lot more info (story, beer description, secondary iconography, etc.). 


 

Visit your retail partners and look at packaging in context (how will your beer be merchandised?)

This point has two benefits. 

1. It gives you a zoomed out view of your competitive set. You can see how your competition looks, what strategies (if any) they’re using and spot opportunities for differentiation.

2. It gives you a real world, unglamorous view at how your packaging will be merchandised. 

Why is this important? 

Because you sell beer in the real world (and not the hermetically sealed, and perfectly designed confines of Adobe Illustrator).

Example: There may be lip on a cooler rack that covers up an important piece of info on your packaging (e.g. your beer style or brewery name). 

Similarly, if you’re lucky enough to get a floor stack, will any critical info on your cans / cartons be cut off by the a ~3” side of your tray. (Also, design your trays. I know this is a throwaway piece here, but sweat the details.)

This is also an opportunity to see (and ask) how retailers will merchandise your beer.

Do they orient your 6-pk perfectly up right so the main hero side panel faces out (like you so lovingly envisioned during the design process)?

Or do they shove it in the cold box however, and wherever, it fits? 

A tactical note here: We’ve started making all 6-pk / 12-pk cartons more flexible for this very reason. Our goal is to give a retailer multiple merchandising opportunities, so that wherever, or however they stock your beer, the most pertinent info will be displayed. 

An example is swapping the orientation on each end—so one end of your carton can be displayed upright and the other can work horizontally.

Those, along with a well-designed side and top panels should cover you in all use cases. 

This asymmetry may hurt your sensibilities as a designer (it did ours, at first), but we’re designing this packing to work in the real world and sell more beer, so don’t pull any punches.

Get the important info out front and center where it needs to be.

 

Primary vs. Secondary Packaging

If you don’t use cartons, skip right ahead to the next section. But if you do, then you have a wealth of options when organizing all this information. 

Three points to start off:

1. Your cartons do all of your selling. It’s important to design a beautiful can that can stand on its own, but your carton is what people will see in retail. 

2. Each format has a different use case.

Your cartons need to billboard and jump off the shelf. Whereas your cans (or bottles) provide a more intimate experience (imagine someone drinking it and spinning it in their hand to read the back, or peeling the label, chucking it at a passing train, etc.) 

3. Your cans and cartons can, and likely should contain different information. They don’t have to be identical. 

What this means is that your cartons can be more brand forward—so taking advantage of color blocking, pushing your brewery’s brand (if appropriate), highlight the beer’s style and ABV (if these are important value props), etc.

You have to decide what your most important info is—what you want a consumer to see and immediately grasp so they pick your beer up. 

That’s usually your brewery’s brand, beer name, style, ABV and overall vibe.

Anything beyond this (the more technical / admin TTB-type stuff) can live on your cans (or elsewhere on your carton). 

This also allows you to expand on an illustration or some visual elements that may otherwise be hemmed in on a smaller can. 

And finally, think through how your cartons can billboard on shelf to punch above their weight in retail.

So make sure you think about your portfolio's broader gestalt across your different cartons as you’re designing them—how can they work together to better stand out from the set?

(Above): Your primary and secondary packaging can, and often should contain different information. Your carton is an opportunity to reach out across the aisle and grab someone's attention whereas your can offers a more detailed, intimate experience.

Read more about Good George Brewing's branding and package design process here.





The bottom of your carton is NOT a junk drawer 

Speaking candidly here: The bottom panel of your cartons can turn into a junk drawer where we throw all the other stuff that didn’t make it into the main panels (sides, ends, top) of your carton, but that you still insist we include.

Don’t do this if you can help it. (We try not to.)

Design your bottom panel with as much intention as the rest of your packaging. 

A few things we like to include here include:

– Your brewery’s story 
– Social media handles / activations 
– A map highlighting various taproom locations (if applicable)
– The barcode (if your retail partners allow you to put it down there)
– Best by / born on date codes (if you have an efficient way to add these to your cartons)
– Some sort of coupon / nudge to get someone to visit your taproom (if legal)
– Easter eggs. Something funny for people to find and share with friends. (Any opportunity to bring more wit and delight into this dark world should be taken. Give your fans a fun aha moment.)

Anything more than this can just clutter everything up. 

Avoid the junk drawer.

(Above): How does your packaging billboard? And how does it hang together if it's not merchandised together (if a retailer organizes beer by style vs. brand)?

You need to plan for all of these use cases and design your packaging to hang together (if strategically appropriate). 





On Duping (a tactical point here…)

Another tactical point here: If you’re using Paktechs, Hi-Cones, or any similar can ring packaging, you’ll inevitably run into facing issue in retail (where your cans spin around, preventing a customer from seeing the “front”).

One way we combat this is by “duping” the can design, that is, putting the exact same art on the “front” and “back” of the can.

You’ll still have an admin panel to contend with, but this gives you a much better shot at displaying what you want people to see. 

This isn’t always appropriate, given your can design, goals and competitive set, but it’s a good move if it is.

A final thought: If everything is important, then nothing is important

There’s a meme in the design industry: "Make the logo bigger."

And we’ve seen this in our work as well. 

Can we make the beer name bigger? And our logo? And can the style size be bumped up a bit?

Properly designing your packaging involves determining what info is most important so your potential customer knows why they should grab your product. 

So think about your customers. Create a clear hierarchy that they can easily decipher.

Make their decision easier. 

And sell more beer.

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at CBC this April!

Cody and I are honored to be presenting at this year's CBC. 

Our seminar is titled "Leverage your brand or start a new one? Brand Architecture strategies for growing your business."

(New record for longest seminar title in CBC history???)

Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and would like to grab a beer and talk shop.

Otherwise, learn more about the presentation at the link below.

Shoutout to CODO client Prost Brewing

Congratulations to David and the rest of the Prost team on opening their North Glenn production facility.

This move has been year's in the making and we're excited to see how they scale with this new capacity in place.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/get-your-packaging-hierarchy-dialed-in/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 054

When should you endorse, and when should you just launch a new brand?

Morning (and happy new year!).

We’re written before about the nuances between Brand Extensions and Sub Brands, as well as the fine line between Sub and Endorsed Brands

Today, I want to talk about Endorsed Brands vs. creating a new, standalone brand, and use cases for when you might consider one approach over the other. 

We’re seeing this decision come up more often in our work these days as breweries launch new products (beer or beyond), or bring a new taproom concept online, or figure out how to handle the branding for a business they recently acquired.

This is an interesting topic that you may encounter this year, so let’s get into it.

(Above): Today's issue focuses on the right side of the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum.




First, a few quick definitions. From The Beyond Beer Handbook here:

An Endorsed Brand is built to stand mostly on its own, but with some sort of endorsement—an assurance of quality, trust and credibility—from your established parent brand. An Endorsed Brand leverages the mind share and reputation of your parent brand while insulating it to varying degrees.


A standalone, or new brand has zero connection with your parent brand. Under this approach, each brand has its own positioning, brand identity, personality and voice, value props and messaging, and is completely independent as far as the consumer is concerned.



Now that you've got a lay of the land, let's explore when an Endorsed Brand can make sense.

(Above): Endorsed Brand examples.




An Endorsed Brand can make sense when:


When you are a specialist and planning to make something markedly different than what you’re known for

This point is so important, that it acts as sort of a go / no-go question on our Beverage Extension Assessment Tool (B.E.A.T.). Meaning, if you’re a specialist brewery, that is, you’re known for making a singular style (all lagers, all sours, etc.), then anything you release that runs counter to this style risks muddying your parent brand’s positioning.

So an Endorsed Brand (at the very least) can make sense for your new product if there’s a compelling reason to maintain some tie to your parent brand. That could be that you’re targeting the same audience, but maybe a markedly different occasion, or you want to take advantage of existing distribution channels, or if you expect your parent brand to see a nice boost (the halo effect) by being associated with this exciting, new product.

 

Consider the halo effect & how this can benefit your parent brand 

One of the biggest risks of overextending your brand, via Line / Brand Extensions and overall category creep, is changing what your brewery stands for in people’s minds. This is a phenomenon we refer to as repositioning your parent brand. (E.g. is Bud Light a beer brand, or a hard soda-seltzer-lemonade-cider-chelada brand?)

We’re currently writing a standalone BBT issue on this topic—stay tuned—but we can touch on it here briefly. 

Repositioning your parent brand (due to misaligned extensions) is almost always framed as a negative thing. But there are instances where you can positively reposition your parent brand via association with a wildly successful new product.

And this is one variable you may consider when deciding between launching a new product with an Endorsement vs. as a standalone brand. What benefits can your parent brand see from this association? 

I use (and will continue using—see below) Bud Light as an overtly negative example here.

A positive example would be Voodoo Ranger, which still maintains a small Endorsement from New Belgium even though, I would wager that functionally, this brings nothing to the table at this point in terms of nudging people to trial the Voodoo line itself.

Instead, this Endorsement exists to invite Voodoo Ranger drinkers to look into other New Belgium products.

(Above, Top): Note the simple New Belgium Endorsement on all Voodoo Ranger products.

(Above, Bottom): 
Is Bud Light a beer brand, or a hard soda-seltzer-lemonade-cider-chelada brand? ABI has hollowed out this brand with countless Brand and Line Extensions. An Endorsed approach could have taken some of the sharper edges off of some of these new products (Bud Light Seltzer Hard Soda… what are we doing here?).


A standalone (new) brand can make sense when: 

 

A link to your parent brand just doesn’t make sense 

An obvious point here is when any tie to your parent brand will hurt the credibility of the new product, or your parent brand 

This can be due to misaligned values, target audience, occasion, category, price point—whatever the reason—a connection doesn’t make sense.

 

When you want to create a brand that can travel 

We’re seeing a small trend right now, especially amongst our Legacy and Regional Brewery clients of re-entrenching in their home territory. That is, pulling back from further afield markets to focus on their backyard. 

And this makes perfect sense in a world with ~10k breweries. But even with these moves happening, there’s still a desire to find growth by reaching into neighboring markets, if you have a product that consumers actually want—that has an actual reason for existing—and if that brand can credibly travel into those adjacent markets to serve them.

One specific tactic we’re seeing here is launching a new brand, with zero tie to your parent brand, specifically to go out into neighboring markets in a way that your parent brand might not credibly be able to do. 

Here, you're still facing the long term work of building up a new brand, but at least you're not doing so under the yoke of your parent brand's reputation.

(Above): Sierra Nevada's growing beyond beer range gives us some great examples of these different Brand Architecture approaches. 

Their Little Thing line is an Endorsed Brand, whereas Strainge Beast Kombucha is an entirely new brand. The former is a beer that aligns well with their current positioning, whereas the latter is an entirely new product. And Kombucha, in particular, is a tough positioning challenge, at the category level. So much better to swing wide and not tie this to their parent brand.





Some finer points & caveats 

 

Is there a cost difference between these approaches? 

Functionally, an Endorsed Brand and a new standalone brand will require the same level of budget and time and energy to get off the ground.

Counterintuitively, an Endorsed Brand may be more difficult (from a design perspective) because you have to sort out to what degree you bring the parent brand into the fold vs. creating a new brand where you can just design something to stand on its own from the jump without having to resolve this relationship.


Do you have the capacity to pull this off? 

One reason you might choose a Sub Brand vs. an Endorsed Brand is that you generally don’t need as much capacity (time, budget, staff) to promote and build a brand that is closely aligned with your parent band. This is one of the Sub Brand's main draws—any move you make to build your parent brand, or the Sub, can work hand-in-hand to raise awareness of your entire enterprise. 

This becomes an important distinction for considering an Endorsed Brand or a standalone brand. In either case you'll have to bring the same resources to the table to build this brand as you do your parent brand.

That means you’ll need people and budgets and annual planning to build a new brand.

So if you’re a smaller brewery with limited resources, you may want to consider some level of Endorsement instead of creating a new brand (at least initially) because this gives you an important connection with your parent brand that can act as a force multiplier for a smaller team. 

Though if you're really resource strapped, it may make more sense to firmly align this new release with your parent brand as a Sub Brand (assuming doing so won't harm your parent brand and will set up the new brand for success).


Be wary of Brand Dilution

A final caveat here: As with any of Brand Architecture move (e.g. Line and Brand Extensions, Sub Brands, Hybrid Brands), balance is key. An Endorsed Brand can be a great way to extend into another category, but if you overuse this and launch dozens of Endorsed Brands, you can start to weaken the strength of the parent brand in the minds of your customers, no different than if you release a series of misguided Line Extensions. 

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at CiderCon!

Cody and I will be taking the main stage at CiderCon this year to discuss how Brand Architecture can help you scale your cider business. 

We'll be meeting with several clients, and prospective clients, while out there, but we should still have time to hang if you'll be at the conference.

Shoot me an email if you're in Portland January 17–19 and want to talk shop.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/endorsed-brand-vs-new-brand/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to field our latest round of listener-submitted questions.

Episode Notes

Listener submitted questions:

1. Can a brewery handle its rebrand in-house or should this always be outsourced?

2. Does CODO prefer branding new breweries or rebranding established ones?

3. Did CODO ever considering opening a brewery? Plus, what beverage category would we launch right now if we were in the market to?

4. Do you think it’s worth putting the Brewers Association’s Independent Seal on packaging these days?

5. How should we deal with a delicate IP / beer naming situation?

6. What are some tips for how to be a terrible client? (???)

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/058-can-you-rebrand-in-house-plus-what-do-we-think-about-the-bas-independent-seal/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss qualitative and quantitive reasons for rebranding a brewery, and why all roads ultimately lead to increasing revenue.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Should all brewery rebrands lead to growth?

2. On Fat Rare and Samuel Adams’ recent rebrands.

3. Various reasons for rebranding we’ve heard from our clients:

– “Our packaging is all over the place visually. And with 25+ new releases per year, it’s always getting worse.”

– “We’ve got multiple locations now and want to develop a consistent look and experience that spans the entire company.”

– “We’re not really sure what our story is. Sure, we’ve grown a lot and people love our beer, but I feel like we could be so much further along if we actually spent time dialing in our marketing and branding.”

– “We’re shifting to a new format (moving from 12oz to 16oz cans) and want to make everything hang together on shelf.”

– “We’re buying a brewery and, other than the name, think everything about the existing branding and packaging needs to change.”

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/all-rebrands-should-lead-to-growth/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the merits of a Branded House Brand and why this could be an important part of your brewery’s portfolio.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. What is a Branded House?

2. In defense of the Branded House [BBT Newsletter]

3. Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum

4. The Branded House for the new brewery

5. The Branded House for an established brewery coming out of a rebrand

6. Mission Brewing’s rebrand as an example

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/in-defense-of-the-branded-house/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss the nuances between a rebrand and a brand refresh (and why your intent matters more than anything).

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. “Do you think this will be a rebrand or a refresh?”

2. Craft Beer, Rebranded

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/rebrands-vs-brand-refreshes-revisited/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 053

Year end action items to set yourself up for a stronger 2024.

Morning!

If you haven't already, please take our year end survey (less than 3 minutes).

This will help to shape our content in 2024.

And as a thanks for your time, we'll give you a code for 20% off any of our books.

Okay, let's talk year end planning.
 


 

I wanted to talk with you one more time before CODO goes dark for our year end break. 

Year end is always an interesting time: I personally go back and forth between wanting to burn the ships and sprint into the new year like a maniac aaaaand not doing anything but hang out with my kids and catch my breath.

No matter where you fall on that spectrum, this is a good time to look ahead to the new year.

I originally sat down to write about how CODO conducts its annual business review, but figured that would be boring. And besides, we’re a branding firm and not (checks notes) a brewery. So I'm not sure how useful our process would be for your business.

Instead, I want to give you a few valuable things you can do to improve your branding and marketing as you head into 2024. These are all ideas that we’ve run across in our project work this year with breweries and Bev Alc companies across America and around the world.

Call these gifts to yourself and your team, or, new year’s resolutions. However you want to frame them, these items will help to make your brand and marketing stronger next year. 

Check this all out and share with your team if you see anything you want to act on (have them subscribe to the newsletter here).

And in case you don’t make it all the way to the end of this issue, I wanted to thank you for reading BBT this year.

It’s rewarding hearing back from you after sending these out each month. I appreciate you being here, and I hope you have a lovely, restful holiday break.

Let’s come back recharged and get after it in 2024.

!!! Please take our year end survey (& save 20%) !!!

1. Start building your newsletter subscriber list

I believe we're going to see a bevy of new regulations on how Bev Alc companies can market themselves in the coming decade, including which social channels they can and can't use, specific language requirements, new rules on how they're merchandised in retail, and so forth.

Through these changes, it will become more critical than ever to stay in contact with your customers. And I believe email marketing will be one of your most important promotional channels because of this.

But you can't can't begin email marketing unless you have a list of subscribers (revelatory insights here at BBT, I know). 

That makes building your email marketing list one of the most valuable things you can do in 2024. 

Even if you already have a healthy number of subscribers—2k, 5k, 10k+, you need to continually be building (and maintaining) your list. I’m starting with a low bar here: At a minimum, you need to be collecting email addresses. This should be a central CTA on your website and through your POS system if possible.


2. Create a rough content marketing plan / engine (& define your key communication pillars)

This idea can be intimidating when you’re first starting out. What channels do we use? What do we write about? Do we need to use video? Etc.

And indeed, many of our clients have multiple employees on their marketing team (CMO, brand director(s), in-house designer(s), social media lead, eComm lead) to share the load.

But let’s set all that aside and in a broad strokes way, sketch out the 3 or 4 big messages that you want people to take away from your brewery's marketing.

What do you want people to think about when they hear your brewery’s name? How do you want them to describe your brand to their friends?

Have everyone on your team answer this question: If you could go into someone’s head and put 3 or 4 big messages about your brand in there, what would those be?

Once you’ve defined these points, create a note (in whatever app you prefer: e.g. Apple Notes, Drive, Evernote, Notion) and begin charting out all the different topics and ideas that you could write about that fall into these buckets. 

Here’s an example: 

Pillar 1: We make world class barrel aged beer.

Content ideas to support this message:

– What is the history of barrel-aged beers? 
– Why are you passionate about this program? 
– What is a Cooperage?
– Brandy vs. Whiskey barrels
– What is char?
– What is a bung? (lol)
– What is the best type of lumber for barrels? 
– Why is barrel-aged beer so expensive? 
– How does time in the barrel affect flavor?
– Why does barrel aged barley wine make me want to fight my uncle?
– Food & barrel aged beer pairing ides


… you get the idea, and you can probably come up with 15 more compelling ideas on this in the next three minutes.

Continue building this list daily. Anytime an interesting idea pops into your head, you have to write it down or it will disappear forever.

Once you have a system for documenting your ideas in place, your next step is to figure out how you want to craft these stories and where you should put them (newsletter vs. social channel vs. blog vs. podcast vs. YouTube vs. …)

I’m going to cut this short here because actually implementing this plan is a major investment in time and energy. 

Some homework for you: Look into how to develop an Editorial Calendar. This can make your content planning a much easier process.

But for now, just start collecting ideas and organizing your thoughts on what sorts of stories interest you and your team.


3. Start emailing your list 

Notice I didn’t say, “start email marketing.” No, just email your list, and do it in a way that’s sustainable for you.

This can be once a month, daily, every two weeks (like we try to do)—you pick the cadence. But whatever it is, make sure you can keep it up over the next year. 

What should you send them?

There are two big buckets you can start with. Eventually, these can be broken into different segmented lists that people can join over time: 

– Utilitarian Info = new beers, menu changes, news & events 

– Lifestyle Stuff = behind the scenes, stories about your people and products, how you shape your community, any interesting stories (especially from that list you made in the last point)

This is all broad stroke. Eventually, you'll have a well thought out content marketing plan and a clearer picture of what you need to be sending, when you need to be sending it, and get more granular with your segmentation.

But worry about that later. For now, just get going.


4. Build your media library 

Here’s a small, tactical point that can make your life easier: Create a central repository for all of your important digital and marketing assets. 

This can include sales sheets and label die lines and working files, typography files, Brand Guidelines—all the things you need to effectively run your brewery's marketing. 

But more germane to our conversation here would be clearly labeled folders with product photography, videos, text docs—anything you use to sell your beer and tell your story, put it here so you can go back and reference it later. 

You’d be surprised just how much good content you can accrue over a year and this will come in handy down the line when you go to redesign your website, or put together new posters, etc. 

Where do you put this info? This doesn't really matter so long as it's on the cloud and accessible by everyone on your team (and shareable). So that can be Dropbox, Drive, Brandfolder, or any other relevant DAM system. 


5. Intellectual Property (IP) Hygiene

One of the more common issues we run into during the course of our work is IP troubles. And unfortunately, this is usually uncovered later in an engagement.

Example: we’re working through Brand Strategy as part of a rebrand and it turns out that the name for your best selling IPA isn’t federally trademarked. Oh, and there’s a brewery who did trademark that name a few states over. (Cue foghorn)

If you've got an IP issue that you’re aware of, and have been kicking it down the road until now, you should consider tackling it today.

Yes, knockout searches and trademark work costs money. But this is an investment that protects your most important asset as you grow. 

Shoot me an email if you’d like a beer & beverage IP attorney referral. We work with one of the best and would be happy to pass their info along.


6. Take your brand and Brand Architecture seriously

I know, the beer and beverage branding firm guy telling you to consider updating your brand is like asking a barber if you need a haircut. But hear me out.

We're seeing a litany of complex Brand Strategy and Architecture issues in our work right now. And we're helping breweries across the country unspool issues that, in some cases, have been building for decades.

If you have, over the last few years…

– Opened a new location 
– Purchased another brewery (or a brand)
Built a Sub Brand
– Launched a beyond beer product 
Rationalized your portfolio
– Experienced a change in leadership 
– Tried to evolve your eCommerce platform 
– Signed with a new distributor 


… and you haven't paused to think about how these changes impact your brewery's brand and positioning, you may want to consider doing so. 

Does your current portfolio align with your brand story and positioning? (Do you know your brewery's brand story?) Does your messaging support these things? Do you have a clear idea of your brewery's values?

I want you to take your brewery's brand seriously in 2024.

Think about where your business is today, and where you want to take it over the coming years.

And take the steps to begin that journey.

(Above): Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion workbook are a step-by-step guide to help you map out a successful strategy for rebranding your brewery.


 

Some quick hits here: 


If you’re thinking about a rebrand…

If you’re thinking about some sort of refresh in 2024—a subtle brand evolution, a package revamp or a wholesale rebrand, here are a few things you should be thinking about now.

– What do you want to accomplish? What pain points are you trying to address and/or what opportunities are you wanting to move on? 

– You should think about your teamWho needs to be involved to ensure a successful project?

– You should think about your visual and Brand Equity: What visual signifiers and reputational considerations do you own that are sacrosanct? And what can be jettisoned? 

– Start thinking about how you will launch your rebrand. (Yes, even before kicking the project off.).

– Read Craft Beer, Rebranded for a complete roadmap for this process.

(Above): How we refreshed Fernson Brewing's packaging.  




If you’re thinking about launching some sort of Extension… 

– Get a handle on your overall Brand Architecture system. Our Beyond Beer Handbook will make quick work of this. 

– If you're considering some sort of Sub Brand (e.g. Sub / Endorsed Brand), revisit our Sub Brand Summer series. Read issues 1, 2 and 3.

– If you have a drilled down product idea and just need quick orientation for how to launch it within your portfolio, take the Beverage Extension Assessment Tool.
 

If you might buy a brewery or brand (or form a JV)…

We're fielding several new inquiries each month from brewery owners who have acquired another brewery or specific brand. This has been happening steadily for the last 18 months, but we're seeing (anecdotally) a major uptick in this activity. 

There are deals to be had if you're looking. And if you are, here are a few resources to make sure you go into this situation with a better idea of what you want to accomplish: 

– Revisit our thinking on buying a brewery.

– Read about our work with Mission Brewing after their ownership changed hands. And here's a companion podcast if you'd prefer that medium.

– We're working on a deep dive series on this topic slated to roll out in summer 2024. It's gonna be a good one. Stay tuned.

(Above): Some fun feedback on our post-acquisition rebranding work with Mission Brewing.




(and finally) Take care of yourself

I'm not going to be so bold as to tell you how much alcohol you should or shouldn't drink, or how many times per week you should work out, or how much screen time you should get. (I'm still figuring these out myself.)

But do make sure you’re taking time away from work to recharge regularly—to fill your cup. Whatever that means to you, take this seriously.

In the end, all we really have is our health and our family anyway. So make sure you practice whatever self care you need to to better show up wherever you're needed.





Thanks again for reading BBT this year. We'll catch back up with you after the new year.

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at Cider Con in Portland

CODO will be out in Portland, Oregon this January to present at CiderCon. 

We've been immersed in hard cider (not literally, though that could be nice?) over the last year and are excited to step on stage to discuss how Brand Strategy and Architecture can help you scale your cider business.

We'll be meeting with several clients while out there, but should still have time to hang. Shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and want to talk shop.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/year-end-action-items-2/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss action items to set yourself up for a strong 2024.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. Cody is too jacked. It’s distracting.

2. Start building your email newsletter list.

3. Start emailing your list. (Revelatory!)

4. Build a *rough* content marketing plan.

5. Build your media library

6. Intellectual Property hygiene

7. Take care of yourself

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/year-end-action-items/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 052

How to make your Brand Strategy actionable (on Brand Essences & alchemy)

Hi, there.

If you get a chance, we'd love if you could take our year end survey (~3 minutes). This will help to shape our content in 2024.

And as a thanks for your time, we'll give you a 20% off code applicable to any of our books.

Or if you already have all of our books, I can email you the joke my 6 year old gleefully told me the other day (it's a banger). 

Okay, let's discuss Brand Strategy and alchemy. 

Defining your brewery’s Brand Strategy is a critical business function. This process will map out how you intend to differentiate your business in the long term, and outlines all the components your team needs to help you achieve that objective—so how to get from here to there. 

A proper Brand Strategy process will frame things like your positioning and key differentiator(s), brand personality and voice, your brand values (all three levels), your key messaging as well as your day-to-day mission.

But from a practical standpoint, all of this work doesn’t help you if it’s not wrapped up in a story and art direction. Even the best documented, all-killer-no-filler 2 or 3 page Brand Strategy doc won’t give your team anything to execute against if it’s not accessible and immediately actionable. It’ll just join the other digital miscellanea you've collected over the years, and languish in the cloud. 

The lynchpin that allows your team to put this strategy into action is your Brand Essence.

So I want to explore this today, in case you’re thinking about rebranding, or bringing a new brand to market in the coming year.

Let’s define Brand Essence and examine the role it plays in your Brand Strategy and positioning process as well as its role in art directing your identity (via creative alchemy!).

(Above): The top image is how we initial shared the 'Utilitarian Beer' Brand Essence to the Birdsmouth Beer team. And you can see how that idea evolved and took shape as we made our way through their brand identity and package design process. 

Read more about our work with Birdsmouth here.



 

What is your Brand Essence?

Your Brand Essence is a distillation of the most compelling idea behind your brewery. It’s your why and your mission, vision, values and positioning all wrapped up into a concise statement. 

It is mostly an internal tool used to capture the spirit of your brewery as opposed to a public-facing statement or tagline (though it can transform into a public-facing asset in some contexts—we'll circle back to this in a bit). Think of it as a way of driving every decision you make from the moment of its definition through the entire (re)branding process. 

It serves as a touchstone against which we can weigh any design concepts. (e.g. Does this packaging direction reinforce our essence, or does it stray?) If we can get super-specific and granular on your messaging now, it will make all downstream branding work—the graphic design portion—more consistent and clear.

Here are a handful of brand essences we’ve developed over the years:

– Squared Away Advocate
– Relaxed Fit
– San Diego Icon
– Here Be Dragons
– Your Favorite Uncle
– PNW Provenance
– Cider Renegade
– Flyover Craft
– Indiana Jones, Minus the Tweed 
– Blue Collar Scientists
– Working Class Hero 
– Relentless Tinkerer

(Above): Prost Brewing's Brand Essence, Berlin Modern, blends traditional German aesthetics with more contemporary trappings to immediately convey their core differentiator (authentic German-style beer) in a way that resonates with younger Colorado (and now far beyond) drinkers. Read more about how we blended these ideas here.




Some notes on format ( + blending compelling ideas )

Our first major presentation during a branding, or rebranding project, is Brand Strategy. This includes all of our due diligence—notes, findings and recommendations—from our field work and research. Along with this, we’ll usually share two or three Brand Essences. 

But if a Brand Essence is the single most compelling idea behind your brewery, why would you show two or three options? 

That’s a great question (and I’m glad you asked). 

It almost all projects, multiple compelling ideas will emerge from our research. And they are often all contenders for viable differentiators and Essences. So by pulling these out and examining them individually, we can weigh the merits of each one on its own, and then blend the other ones in from there as needed.

This is the first bit of alchemy that occurs during the branding process: Where we’re codifying and putting onto paper something that has, here-to-fore, lived entirely in your team's head(s). 

From a process standpoint: This also allows our clients to weigh in at a critical juncture and gut check everything. Are these ideas good to go or have we missed something important along the way?

In either case, this gives us a good opportunity to make sure we’re aligned as we move into the next phase of the process: Visual art direction.

(Above): Here are several examples of how we present initial Brand Essences. You’ll see a title—the Essence itself—the beginnings of a brand story (so what problem are you solving for people, what role will you play in their life, what is your point of view and how are you uniquely different from your competitors) as well as your brand personality and visual cues.

 

Moving from concept to visuals ( art direction, rapid prototyping & alchemy

If defining your Brand Essence is the first bit of alchemy that happens during the branding process, then the next piece of alchemy—the real magic—lies in actually figuring out what these ideas should look and feel like. 

The leap from a well defined Brand Strategy and creative brief to developing a Modular Brand Identity System and packaging that works in the market and helps you build your business is a major (major) hurdle. 

Imagine going straight from a kickoff conversation to looking at initial logo concepts a few weeks later. That doesn't leave a lot of wiggle room to make sure your branding partner understands what you're trying to accomplish (or even what your team is envisioning). 

It’s this point in the creative process where most of your process hiccups (i.e. seeing stuff you don't like) will occur. 

Mood Boards allow us to smooth over this transition and once again ensure that we’re aligned with our clients as to what your brand should look like.

 

Mood Boards 

A Mood Board is a collage that art directs what your brand could look and feel like.

The type of imagery we curate will shift depending on what we're slated to tackle once we're wrapped up with Strategy. e.g. If we're revamping your entire portfolio from the ground up, then we'll gather more packaging and print examples to demonstrate what a particular direction can look like. A website revamp will include more digital examples, and so forth.

This approach has two benefits: 

1. From a process standpoint ( emotional intelligence + aligning your team )

Your team has a vision in mind (often, different visions amongst the various stakeholders). And our team, as external subject matter experts, will also develop a vision and point of view for what your brand should look like as we progress through the process. 

Once we’ve defined your Brand Essence, the next challenge will be to work together as a team to art direct that idea. And sharing and discussing multiple Mood Board options is a great way for your team to weigh in and shape the process (and more often than not, work through any disagreements you may have amongst your group). 

Some of the liveliest debates in our work happens in these presentations because now it’s time to put up or shut up. We’ve worked through Brand Strategy and defined your Essence, an now your team has to fully commit: What does this all look like? And do we all still agree that this is the correct path?


2. Mood Boards as a rapid prototyping tool 

The second major benefit of using Mood Boards to transition from strategy to visual art direction is that it allows you to rapidly prototype what your brand identity (or packaging, merch, website) can look and feel like without spending weeks and tens of thousands of dollars to get to that initial (shiny) presentation.

If your Mood Boards are built properly, you can get a sense of how your logo and typography and colors will look and feel. And you can quickly determine what feels right and what feels wrong. 

Again, this gets everyone on the same page so you know what to expect when we doing finally get to share (graphic) design work.

(Above, Top): Mood board examples.

(Above, Bottom):
A few examples of how we document the final Brand Essence in our Brand Guidelines. We're constantly tinkering with how we design and deliver these docs so that they're more useful. Here's a fun podcast we recorded on guidelines a while back if you want our unvarnished opinion on this subject. 




Wrapping up


I mentioned earlier that your Brand Essence is usually an internal process tool—a way to put name to an idea so that we can efficiently move onto art direction and build your identity.

But sometimes, your Essence can become public-facing. Though it's worth mentioning that developing a tagline is an important process in its own right—one that blends your Essence with a direct value prop in a short, quippy, available-to-be-trademarked way. So it's never a guarantee that your Essence can be pressed into service this way. 

Whether or not your Essence becomes public, I think the most important role this concept plays is as an internal battle flag for your team.

Your Brand Essence should serve as an ongoing touchstone that guides important business decisions (Where do we open our next taproom? What sort of extensions should we consider? What sort of businesses and/or brands could it make sense to acquire down the line?). 

And many of our clients have used this language to recruit and train new employees, wrapping it up as part of their larger indoctrination onboarding process to teach people (this can be C-suite hires down to taproom staff) why their brewery is so special and how to tell that story to everyone they meet. 

This gets everyone rowing in the same direction and can engender a powerful esprit de corps throughout your business.

And with enough of that, you can conquer the world.

Around the Shop

CODO is headed to Oregon to speak at CiderCon

CODO will be out in sunny Portland, Oregon this January to present at CiderCon. 

We've been immersed in hard cider (not literally, though that could be nice?) over the last year and are excited to step on stage to discuss how Brand Strategy and Architecture can help you scale your cider business.

We'll be meeting with several clients while out there, but should still have time to hang if you'll be there. 

Please shoot me an email if you'll be at the conference and want to talk shop.

What is Gender Neutral Design?

Gen Z's values and habits are miles away from craft beer's traditional audience. So how can you stay on your toes and continue to bring these new, younger drinkers to the fold? 

One way is to make sure you’re not excluding anyone from the jump with your packaging. 

This conversation with Chloe Gordon, Content Editor at The Dieline, examines Gender Neutral Design, and how you could roll this into your packaging to make sure you're speaking to a wider array of potential fans.

A lovely look at KettleHouse

Good Beer Hunting ran a nice piece on longtime CODO client, KettleHouse. This is a good look at how their brewery has weathered the last few years and continues to evolve after more than 28 years of business. 

Read more about our Brand Refresh work with KettleHouse here.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-make-your-brand-strategy-actionable/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss Legacy Breweries: What are they and what unique challenges do they face today?

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. What is a Legacy Brewery? [BBT Newsletter]

2. Traditionally defined as ~25+ years old

3. CODO defines a Legacy Brewery as any group that came to market around the start of the craft beer boom in 2010

4. The amount of breweries that opened in your market after you is more important than your overall age

5. Advice for Legacy Breweries

6. Lean into your historicity

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/what-is-a-legacy-brewery-2/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss why the way we help our clients launch their rebrands has shifted so dramatically over the last few years (and how to best announce yours moving forward).

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. XX

2. XX

3. XX

4. XX

5. XX

6. XX

7. XX

8. XX

9. XX

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/embracing-the-staggered-rebrand-launch-3/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 051

In defense of the
Branded House

Hi, there. 

We’ve spent a lot of time focusing on how your brewery can build Sub Brands this year. This was spurred by two major trends:

1. Shoppers are increasingly buying beer based on brand more than style (e.g. “I want a 6-pk of Voodoo Ranger,” vs. “I want a 6-pk of IPA”), a concept that supports building more individualized brands within your broader portfolio. We first detailed this shift in our 2023 Annual Beer Branding Trends Review

2. Anecdotally, we’re seeing this every day in our project work here at CODO. After brewery rebrands and package refreshes, building some sort of Sub Brand (e.g. an IPA family, a craft lager or a Hop Water) has been one of our most common engagements over the last year. 

So Sub Brands have been top of mind around the shop for a while now. (Revisit our Sub Brand Summer series for a full run down on this subject.)

And while this is an important Brand Architecture strategy for craft breweries right now, I worry that by focusing too heavily on this specific idea, you may lose sight of the importance of continuing to build your brewery’s parent brand itself. 

And there’s no better way to do that than by building a robust Branded House, for at least part of your portfolio.

So that's what we're going to discuss today: The merits of the Branded House Brand Architecture model. What is it, when does it make sense, and why should your brewery—whether you're 25+ years old or still in-planning—might want to consider it as you build, or rebuild your portfolio.

(Above): Your brewery's parent brand is most prominent on the left side of the Beverage Brand Architecture Continuum, under the Branded House model.

As you make your way further to the right on the Continuum, into Endorsed Brand and House of Brands territory, your parent brand's role diminishes until it's no longer present anywhere.



 

Starting out: What is a Branded House? 


From The Beyond Beer Handbook:

A Branded House architecture centers around a strong parent brand (corporate name and brand identity) that is prominently displayed on all products.

A Branded House creates a consistent experience across all your brands and touch points, building equity and recognition for the parent brand every step of the way. Visually, this manifests in the consistent and intentional use of logos, icons, typography, color and packaging composition.

Under this approach, your parent brand is the main purchasing driver (the reason someone is buying your product) for customers.

Read more about the role your parent brand plays in your Brand Architecture here.

(Above): A brewery with a clear point of view and positioning is in a good place to fly under a Branded House, so long as any new products align with their established messaging.

Great examples:

– Dogfish Head focuses on culinary ingredients and processes, and this approach (and brand) naturally extended to their distillery business. 

– Prost is an all German-style brewery, so their flagship line can safely carry the same identity across the board.

– Athletic Brewing is 100% NA, so you know exactly what you're getting if you see an Athletic can in the cooler.




When can a Branded House make sense for your brewery? 
 

For the new brewery / brewery-in-planning (a Branded House offers recognition through clarity and repetition)

A Branded House is the most common Brand Architecture system in the craft beer industry, and it’s particularly valuable for startup breweries. 

And this isn’t by accident. 

As a new brewery, you're fighting a pitched battle from day one. You're competing with established local breweries, not to mention Big Craft, Big Beer and beyond beer products for customer mindshare (general awareness), draft lines and space in the cold box.

(You’re also competing with local bars and restaurants, though that’s a conversation for another day.) 

By uniting all of your products under your single parent brand—under a singular banner—you can make a bigger impact at launch. Through repetition and consistency, a Branded House will lend a feeling of reliability over time.

In other words, whenever someone comes across your brand in the wild (online or on a draft list), they will see your parent brand (again and again and again…). And all of these impressions add up to help you stay top of mind next time they go out to buy beer.  

This is such an important benefit that, unless you have a clear vision for a single product brand, or you intend to build a true House of Brands (a portfolio of disparate products with zero tie to each other), then the Branded House should (in almost all cases) be your default operating system when coming to market.
 


When you have a crystal clear point of view and will use that idea to guide future new product development (NPD)

If you have a well known point of view and positioning (e.g. Athletic Brewing's focus on NA beer or Prost's all-German-style portfolio), then a Branded House can be an effective way of uniting everything you do under that idea. 

Another great example here is Dogfish Head's historic focus on culinary ingredients and boundary-pushing product development. This differentiated point of view lends itself well to a Branded House that starts at their flagship beer portfolio and seamlessly carries through (via Brand Extensions) to their distillery and canned cocktails.


For the established brewery with too many disparate offerings that have become unwieldy to manage

A Branded House can also be a great model for an established brewery that wants to rein in and focus its portfolio.

This is a common pain point we see in our brewery rebranding work. If you’ve spent years releasing beers with fanciful names and marketed more on their own, you may have skipped over building your parent brand equity along the way. 

Throw in a few broader economic drivers like SKU rationalization, changing consumer preferences and breweries taking a hard look at their COGS to determine which beers they can (or can't) continue to profitably produce, and you have an opportunity to restructure your portfolio. Sometimes dramatically. 

And segmenting your lineup, if even partially, can allow you to build a more consistent “house” look so that you show up more consistently in retail.


Sub point to this last idea:


A Branded House can be a great way to re-introduce a brewery's portfolio coming out of a rebrand

While every brewery will have a different competitive set, project context and Brand Equity to consider, rolling out your flagship packaging under a monolithic Branded House after a rebrand can be a great way of introducing your new look and feel to your fans. 

We wrote about this tactic specifically in our Mission Brewing rebrand case study: "This first wave of package design is purpose-built to reintroduce Mission Brewing to the market, and to help customers become acquainted with the revived look and feel."




(Below): We built Mission Brewing's flagship lineup specifically to introduce their updated brand identity. We'll push this look for a few years before considering any updates (e.g. fleshing out additional Sub Brands and extensions).

(Above): Big Lug Brewing released their flagship line under a Branded House model explicitly to leverage their renowned brewpub experience—to better connect their own-premise vibe with the off-premise. 





On the Branded House: A few benefits + a drawback 

 

A benefit: A Branded House allows you to quickly (and affordably) generate new brands and labels

A Branded House, or more specifically, a global label template, can be valuable when your brewery team has limited internal capacity and needs an efficient way to generate ongoing new packaging on tight timelines.

From an internal process standpoint, rolling out new products is easier (than, say, developing a Sub Brand) under a monolithic Branded House because you’re never starting from scratch. Your messaging is already defined and customers know what to expect. You may already have a package design template set up, or at least know the cues that need to be present in order to carry the message of the parent brand.

And all of this helps you more effectively manage tight timelines.

A quick note: It's important not to conflate a label template system with a Branded House. To wit, you can build a Branded House without using templates and while still using individualized labels. However, your lineup will lose some of its punch, and perceptual billboarding ability, out on shelf without some semblance of consistency.

Read more about the pros and cons of creating label templates here.

 

A benefit: A Branded House allows for greater economies of scale

Focusing all of your effort and budget into building your parent brand can help you gain traction sooner than if you're dividing your time (and resources) across multiple brands. 

Every packaging decision you make, every event you host, every community partnership you make, every beer you release—all of these things help to develop your parent brand’s reputation and solidify your positioning.

This makes the Branded House the most cost-effective operating expense (OpEx) model available.

 

A drawback: If one touch point falters, your entire brand can be affected

A Branded House approach can be a double-edged sword.

It can help you efficiently build a strong brand and gain consumer mindshare. But an otherwise annoying issue—PR blunder, QC problem, etc.— can cause your broader portfolio to take a hit simply by association.

Fair or unfair, this is an important consideration to keep in mind when building a Branded House.

(Above): Good George Brewing reined in their expansive portfolio by introducing a Branded House at flagship level. Then, they extend via Sub or Endorsed Brands depending on which category they're entering and consumer group they're targeting.





Conclusion (On Branded Houses and Hybrid Brands)


Your brewery's Brand Architecture will rarely present a black or white decision.

Are Sub Brands a prevalent and important strategy in craft beer right now? Yes. Is the Branded House still an important foundational pillar for most craft brewery's portfolios? Yes!

I wanted to close here by mentioning the Hybrid Brand Architecture system. (We're dedicating a future BBT issue to this topic, so stay tuned.)

A Hybrid Brand Architecture model gives you the leeway to blend whichever Architecture strategies make the most sense for your parent brand and a given new release. E.g. You can have a flagship lineup that falls under a Branded House as well as an Endorsed Brand with its own series of brand-specific house-branded Line Extensions. And so on. 

This insight isn't an excuse to take your branding and positioning decisions lightly—let's just create a new brand. It doesn't matter, we're Hybrid now!

Far from it. 

A Hybrid model better equips your team to make the right decisions that honor your parent brand while also setting your new products up for as much success as possible.

And I bet if you look at your brand, and your positioning, and your competitive set, and your customers, that you'll find a place for a Branded House somewhere in your portfolio no matter which other strategies you already have in place or intend to build.

Worth a listen

BBT Podcast Episode 50(!): Designer Q&A

We haven't had a podcast episode come out and hit 1k downloads on day one in a while, so I think this episode resonated. 

Episode 50 of the BBT podcast focuses entirely on designer-specific questions (from in-house designers, marketing directors, freelancers and other agency owners). 

Here's a preview of what we covered: 

– Did design school prepare you for running a business? (lol)
 
– How many options do you present when naming a brewery? 

– Do you enjoy the sales process? 

– How important has writing books been for your business? 

– What are 3 design/business books every new designer should read? 

+ an important question from a young in-house designer about the culture at her brewery.

An important conversation on the ongoing draft declines

Here's a great BrewBound Brew Talks panel from GABF on the (declining) health of draft beer. 

This is a big deal and something that the entire industry, from Big Beer on down, and across all 3 tiers, needs to address. 

I don’t have a solution for this problem, but am sharing this to signal boost the issue. 

(Fast forward to the ~40 minute mark for the panel conversation.)

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/in-defense-of-the-branded-house-2/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss how to design better merch and make millions of dollars along the way.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How to design better merch [BBT Newsletter]

2. Your merch is a direct reflection of your business

3. Your merch can reinforce your positioning and brand story

4. So what style of XYZ (a shirt or hat) should you offer?

5. Think beyond your primary logo (give your fans winks & nods)

6. Create merch drops & scarcity

7. Create a beautiful retail footprint (please exit through the gift shop)

8. Should you sell your merch online?

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-design-better-merch-2/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 050

What are some situations where it can make sense to disregard your brand equity? 

Morning!

We were on a call with a brewery recently to discuss a possible rebrand. 

They’ve been open for 13 years and have a very distinctive look (character-driven and heavily-illustrated). They’ve partnered with the same illustrator since day one, and have built up a lot of visual equity because of this.

But none of that look feels right anymore. 

Even though their aesthetic has major recognition and equity—it's been plastered all over their market and vehicles and packaging for more than a decade—they’re not sure they want to stick with this look moving forward. And that’s an important question:

When can it make sense to jettison your Brand Equity?

This is a situation we’re seeing more often in our brewery rebranding work today as people are look to reinvent themselves for the next phase of their business. To that point, what if you’ve built up a phenomenal amount of visual and Brand Equity over the years, but…

1. You’re not sure it makes sense to build on this equity (identity, packaging, story) given where you want to take your business, but… 

2. You’re also afraid that you'll lose a good portion of your current fans if you walk away from this (hard earned) equity.

This is a great question and legitimate concern for any brewery that is considering a rebrand.

So let's get into it.

(Above): Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion workbook lay out a step-by-step guide to help you map out a successful strategy for rebranding your brewery.




First, some definitions: 

Brand Equity is the total amount of goodwill your brand has with its customers. This is more brand-level stuff focused on your messaging, positioning, values, value props, voice, personality and key communication pillars. How do people talk about your brewery? What's your reputation? What role do you play in your community? 

Like your brand itself, these connotations, associations and stories live inside your customers’ minds. These things inform your visual identity and packaging, but are upstream of them.
 

Visual equity are all the cues that, if lost through a rebrand, could set you back in the off-premise (e.g. people may not be able to easily find your iconic packaging because you’ve changed it too drastically). This usually includes things like SKU-specific colors, unique packaging compositions, custom typography and other iconography.



Your visual equity and Brand Equity are different things, however I’ll use these terms interchangeably throughout this issue as a catchall phrase to mean how people generally recognize your brand in the market. 

It’s also worth revisiting our writing on rebrands vs. refreshes here, a concept we framed as “Evolution vs. Revolution” in Craft Beer, Rebranded

 

 

Okay. So Brand Equity and visual equity are both important to weigh and consider through your rebrand. 

Generally, the more Brand Equity you have, the more likely you are to refresh your brand (so, evolution more so than revolution). 

But when can it make sense to jettison your equity—no matter how well-recognized it is—during a rebrand? 

The following points are all situations where it might make sense for your brewery to disregard its equity, no matter how recognized it is. 

(Above): Prost Brewing had built up 6+ years worth of visual equity around their packaging's flag patterning. But even though their customers knew to look for this element out on shelf, we determined that it was too kitsch and misaligned with their overall quality and vision for the brand. Read more about Prost's rebrand here.



 

1. 

If your current look is actively hurting your business

Let’s start with an obvious point: If your current identity and packaging are actively harming your business, then you should consider a dramatic shift, no matter how much equity you’ve banked. 

A few examples we’ve seen where a brewery’s branding was actively hurting its business:

– Poorly done (ugly) illustrations 

– Sexist / immature names 

– Problematic labels or elements that have aged poorly (depictions of people, particularly women, are a common one here) 

– Basic, illegible typography in a logo or on packaging 


Some ways this can harm your business include:

– Flat sales due to never attracting new customers

– Retailers are reluctant to carry your beer

– Prevents you from attracting top talent 

– Attracts the wrong type of attention to your business 
 

If any of these apply to your brewery's branding, then walking away from your Brand Equity becomes a more viable move.

 

2.

If your current identity doesn't accurately represent where you want to take your business in the future 

So you've built up a lot of Brand Equity over the years. Great! But does this look and feel align with your vision for where you want to take your business? 

If not, you need to consider whether or not it makes sense to continue building on it, or just ripping the bandaid off and repositioning yourself for the next phase of your business.

Our work with Fernson Brewing (below) is a good example of this dynamic. Read more about their package refresh here.

3. 

If you're making, or planning to make major changes within your company 

This is related to the last point, but we'll pull it out here to expand on it.

Your branding is your story and reputation—and it's how you shape how you're perceived in the world. And if you're making major internal changes—shifting your positioning, rebuilding your org chart, or restructuring your portfolio, then you need to consider whether or not your Brand Equity is still relevant to the new you. 

 

4. 

If you’re self conscious of your branding or packaging 

We’ve heard this many times over the years, either sheepishly mentioned in a meeting or implied, as we kickoff a brewery rebrand. 

Sometimes, you can read between the lines when you hear things like, “I hate wearing our shirts to festivals and conferences,” or “Our festival setup looks terrible compared to everyone else.” There’s no need to be shy about this. You care about what you do and should want to put your best foot forward. If you don’t feel like your identity is doing that for you now, it could be time to make a change, no matter how recognizable your packaging is. 

 

5. 

You're making some Brand Architecture moves

If your brewery is planning to make some important Brand Architecture shifts, such as:

– Acquire another business

– Open a new concept or location 

– Launch a beyond beer product 

– Launch a Sub Brand (or scale an existing one

… then you need to take a harder look at your Brand Equity to determine whether or not it will serve your business as you step into these more evolved strategies. 

Will your identity—built for a specific brewery concept—work across multiple locations and businesses and categories? Will it support a Sub Brand?

If not, then any equity you've built up may not be as important to retain.

(Above): I've been in dozens of conversations with clients, or prospective clients, where someone has cited Anchor's rebrand and its panned reception as something they were worried about for their update.





Let's discuss a sacred cow: What about losing your current fans through a rebrand?

I've lost count of how many conversations we've been in where a brewery's marketing director will mention Anchor’s rebrand as a major concern. "We don't want to do that." (It’s actually become a shorthand for a worst case scenario—the sort of thing that keeps people up at night.)

But Anchor didn't go out of business because of their rebrand, no matter how terrible it was. And they probably didn't lose scores of customers because of it either. And while this is an edge case: High profile, beloved brewery + terrible rebrand = sad outcome—I bring it up to address the idea of losing your current customers after a rebrand. 

Allow me to address a sacred cow here. 

Not updating your brand identity and packaging—so undergoing a formal rebrand—when you need to because you’re worried about losing your current customers isn’t a compelling enough reason for retaining mis-aligned Brand Equity.

Here's the thing: If it's a substantial enough change, you'll always (always) upset some people through your update. But you shouldn't worry about those folks. You should worry about the new people that you could be reaching out to and turning into customers that currently aren’t considering you.

This doesn't mean you completely turn you back on your current customers. But if your sales are flat, and you're struggling to turn things around, then you likely need to expand your reach anyway.

So you should honor your current customers with great beer and experiences. But you’re not beholden to them with regard to how you position your brewery's identity and packaging.

(Above): KettleHouse had built up a lot of visual equity with their typography, illustrations and homespun logo. But these elements, if subtly updated, still wouldn't have billboarded on shelf and represented their brewery the way their team envisioned. Read more about how we managed KettleHouse's visual equity here.




In closing

Your visual and Brand Equity are important.

But if that equity isn't serving you, then why are you hanging on to it? 

Rebranding is a balancing act: You're honoring your past and all the hard work that got you where you are today, but you're also looking ahead to where you want your business to be in the coming years. 

Don't sacrifice your brewery's future on the altar of Brand Equity.

Around the Shop

Does Gen Z drink?

There's an arms race happening in the Bev Alc industry today to understand, segment and court legal drinking age Gen Z members.

But with as much focus as there is on defining Gen Z's values and purchasing habits, there's a lot that we actually don't know about them. 

Namely, do they drink? 

Here's an insightful conversation with CODO friend, Mike Kallenberger (from First Key Consulting) that explores this question.

Come see CODO live at the Vermont Craft Brewers Conference

Cody and I are honored to be presenting at the 1st annual Vermont Craft Brewers Conference this November. We'll be giving a guided overview on Brand Architecture and how you can use these concepts to extend your brewery's brand (via launching Fourth Category products, opening a new taproom, acquiring other breweries or brands, etc.).

If you'll be at the conference come say hi (please email me to let us know ahead of time).

Or, try to catch us drunkenly roaming the beautiful Vermont countryside visiting ~20 breweries, ~10 cideries and continuing our hunt for the best indie book store in America.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/when-to-jettison-your-brewerys-brand-equity/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to field questions from in-house designers, freelancers and marketing pros from around the beer industry.

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

Cody and Isaac remark on CODO’s 14th anniversary without much fanfare.

Q1: Did design school prepare you for running a business?

Q2: I just got done listening to your podcast episode on naming a brewery. My question to you is how many names do you provide a client? I recently provided 35 to a client for their own personal brand. Do you think that’s too many or too little? I personally think I probably could have gotten away with just providing 15-20 But I’m just curious to hear what your thoughts and approach to the amount of names provided are.

Q3: Wanted to ask a business question (sorry, this isn’t beer related!) Do you enjoy sales? I struck out on my own back in 2020 and it’s been going fairly well since then. But I find sales to be the hardest part of growing my practice. Any help here would he appreciated.

Q4: Do you ever worry that by releasing books that deep dive into your process, breweries will no longer need your services?

Q5: Do you find that your team ever gets tired only working on beer branding projects? I run a small agency myself (currently 3 people) and we have an ongoing debate about whether or not we should focus on one particular industry like you all have.

Q6: How important has writing books been for your business?

Q7: What are 3 design/business books that every recent grad should read?

Q8: I’m an in-house designer at X. I recently brought an idea for a new product to our marketing director and head brewer and they basically laughed it off without any consideration. I won’t get into specifics, but I believe it’s a smart move based on what I’m seeing around the industry (including reading in your newsletter). So my question is, how can I get my team to listen to my ideas? I’m young, and new to this position and the beer industry (coming up on my one year anniversary), but I’m passionate and learning as much as I can. I figured you might have some insight here since you’ve previously talked about showing work and selling your ideas when you were a younger designer.

Learn more about brewery rebrands: www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Learn more about Brand Architecture: http://www.beyondbeerbook.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Want to work together? Email Isaac to start the conversation.

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/designer-question-and-answer/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 049

Who should you involve in your rebrand? And why?

Good morning. (And happy Spooky Season to those who observe.)

We’ve written a lot about brewery rebrands this year and today, I wanted to discuss a somewhat unsexy, yet extremely important element of making sure these projects are successful: Organizing your internal and external team.

It’s easy (and fun!) to look at the beautiful identity design and packaging work that can come out of a brewery’s rebrand. But none of that can happen if you don’t have a solid project team in place as well as identify other key stakeholders to engage throughout the process.

This is important for research and gathering project context as well as critical emotional intelligence considerations later on.

So let’s discuss the various stakeholder groups you need to engage throughout your project to ensure your rebrand (or new product launch) is set up for success.

(Above): We dive into more detail on today's topic in our Craft Beer, Rebranded book and companion Workbook.




It all begins with your Executive Team 

The most important group of people involved in your rebrand will be your Executive Team. These are the folks who are directly responsible for approving and/or vetoing strategic recommendations and design concepts throughout the project. 

Among this group will be a project sponsor (or "driver")—usually a Marketing Director—whose role is to champion the project internally, remove barriers, gather feedback and build consensus along the way.  

Each brewery will have a different management makeup, and titles, but we usually see people from the following roles on the Executive Team:

– CMO (marketing lead)

– CSO (sales lead)

– COO (logistics lead)

– CEO (vision & culture lead)

– XYZ other communication person (Head of Brand, eCommerce lead, Brand Director, In-house designer(s), etc.)

+

– Founder(s) and/or Owner(s)* (*if they’re still involved in the brewery’s day-to-day goings-on)

 

How big should your Executive Team be?

One of the biggest threats you’ll face during your rebrand isn’t your competition, or rapidly shifting economic market forces, or even losing your long time fans as you roll out the update. 

No, the biggest foe you’re squaring up against will be the dreaded committee. 

Whether this is an actual committee who has to approve design work (or a board of directors), or just something that arises organically as a desire to make everyone on your team happy (usually via compromise), any decision made by committee will drive great creative work into the ground until it is heartbreakingly bland if not outright bad. 

How do we prevent this?

By making sure that the number of real decision makers—your Executive Team—is small. How small?

As small as possible.

Smaller. 

Yes! That’s it!!

We like an Executive Team to be somewhere between 4–6 people. 5 is better than 6. And 4 is better than 5. Anymore than 6 people and you run the risk of designing by committee. 

I can keep beating this drum, but you get my point. The larger your Executive Team gets, the harder it becomes to make bold decisions and create work that is strategically-sound and beautiful and that stands out and that will help your brewery move the needle. 

Your Executive Team (along with your branding partner) sets the tone for this project—what do you want to accomplish? What pain points are we working to resolve? What are your broader positioning and messaging goals?

Don’t compromise on these important objectives. 

Keep your Executive Team small. 

 


There are other important stakeholders who can offer valuable insights and opinions through this process as well. But before we outline those groups, let’s stay in quasi-Executive Team territory and discuss the Shadow Council.

Hidden Stakeholders (aka, the Shadow Council)

OooOooh the Shadow Council. (Does this sound menacing? I’m going for menacing and foreboding here.)

A hidden stakeholder (or, the Shadow Council) is anyone whom you don’t want directly involved at the Executive Team level, but whose opinion still carries enough weight to alter the course of the project.

This can include a founder or owner, a key investor(s), your board or possibly even a committee within your business. (We’ve even seen people’s spouses in this role, which is always delightful and not at all awkward to navigate.)

In the past, we’ve described this scenario as the “swoop.” As in, someone can swoop in at the last minute and ruin six months of strategy and design work simply by saying they don’t like something. 

We don’t use the “swoop” language when discussing this with clients anymore because it’s just too cutesy.

And in case I’m not being clear here, if there are people who fall into this category in your business, and if they’re not engaged early, often and throughout the creative process, I can almost guarantee that your project will, at best, hit the rocks at some point.

At worst, this can lead to a terminated contract and even worse than that, depending on how you look at it, this can lead to subpar design work that doesn’t help you grow your brewery’s business. 

Identifying anyone that could fall into this category isn't fun, and this sometimes involves a little behind the scenes politicking and tap dancing, but it's a necessary step in the onboarding process to ensure your project is set up to run as smoothly as possible.

So this is a serious topic, but completely surmountable. I’ll outline some ways we manage this near the end of this piece. 

 

 

Okay, super serious and scary detour over. Now let’s discuss the other stakeholder groups you should interview through your rebranding process.

(Above): Awkwardly holding hands is the fastest way to unlock new synergies between our teams. Also, why would we use a perfectly good table when the floor is right there?




Internal stakeholders to include

Your Executive Team is involved throughout the entire course of your rebrand. But there are several other important people with valuable insights who need to be interviewed during the research and strategy phase to ensure your branding partner has an informed lay of the land. 

You will generally see department leads (sales, marketing, design, etc.) on the Executive Team itself. But it can also be valuable to speak with other folks from those departments as well. 

So in no particular order, we like to speak with people from the following functions / roles:

– Marketing (including field marketing staff, social media managers, etc.)

– Sales (including field sales reps / national accounts / chain leads—whatever level of hierarchy your business has in place, it's good to talk with someone at each level.)

– In-house creative team (creative director, designers, social media folks, etc.)

– Production & brewery staff (head brewer, innovation folks, logistics & packaging people can become important later on as you plan to roll out new packaging, etc.)

– Front of House / taproom folks (long time servers, hospitality managers, etc.)

+

– Emeritus leadership: This includes folks who may have moved on from your brewery to work at another company (or more often, retire), that have valuable historic institutional knowledge about your business and are still interested in helping it succeed. This usually includes past CEOs, COOs or founders who are no longer in the business.

Your brewery may have other important positions that fall outside of these roles. If that's the case, add those people to your list so your branding partner knows to interview them as well.

Now let's outline some valuable external stakeholders you need to engage through your rebrand.

 

External stakeholders to include

 

Key Accounts / Retailers 

We love talking with key retailers when possible. These folks are often your loudest evangelists and do more selling than most breweries may realize.

I witnessed this firsthand at a liquor store just last month. I was looking at the cold box when a young guy came in and asked the person behind the counter if they had any local porters. (Yes, porters—I time traveled to 2006!) The clerk walked them over to the beer aisle and offered his opinions on 2 or 3 options. It was fun to watch. (I'm an Ethnographer now.) 

Beyond this role, key accounts and retailers are also a wealth of qualitative data.

They have a bead on which styles are trending and what people are coming in and asking for. And what sorts of other products are they buying alongside your beer. Etc.

We like to talk to retailers to get a sense of how they see the market evolving and the role your brewery plays in it.

Plus, involving them in the process shows them that your brewery respects their opinion (and can lead to even more evangelizing later on).

 

Distributors 

We’ve met some phenomenal distributors over the years who have offered invaluable insight into the local market. We’ve also met some less than stellar ones.

Quick aside: I love bringing distributors up with our clients to see how they react—does a vein pop out of their forehead? No… Cool, let's schedule a conversation. 

Assuming you have a productive relationship with your distributor, they can be great for providing invaluable insights on the local market and all manner of quantitative data. 

They can tell you exactly how many cases of each SKU is moving per week, whether or not you're hitting depletion targets, which products are moving and in what market and format, and how that all ebbs and flows with seasonal changes and stacks up against the broader market. They can also spot opportunities for marketing and emergent beer trends.

This all provides valuable hard data to balance the fuzzier, qualitative insights we're gleaning from out other conversations and fieldwork.
 

What about consumer research?

This may enter sacred cow territory here, but I’m not 100% sold on broad consumer research as being either helpful or necessary during a rebrand. (How was the research gathered? What questions were asked? How were they asked? What kind of person actually participates in a survey? Etc.)

But I do think it’s valuable to speak with long time customers if possible, so you can get their perspective on what makes your brewery special. The few times we’ve done this, it’s usually just been with regulars—Day One folks—from your tasting room. 

You’re probably not going to find anything revelatory in these conversations, but it will round out the other quantitative insights you’re gaining along the way.

Misc thoughts + wrapping up 

 

A process point: One-on-one meetings vs. small group conversations  

We’ve historically recommended one-on-meetings in place of small group (and especially large group) conversations. 

Our reason for this was that it allows everyone's voice to be heard. Even in small groups, one person can be extroverted, or have more influence (e.g. an owner vs. a newly-hired in-house designer), etc. By sitting down for individual conversations, we get clear points of view that aren't skewed by interpersonal dynamics. 

There's still a lot of value in one-on-one conversations, but we've also found that small group conversations are a great setting for your Executive Team to to work through ideas and discuss any disagreements.

Our view has actually changed positions on this (moving away from preferring one-on-one conversions) over the last few years because it's a great way to make sure everyone—particularly your Executive Team—is on the same page.  

You know yourself. And your team. And you probably know if a group conversation would work well or not. Keep this in mind as you prepare for your rebrand to ensure everyone's opinion is heard. 

 

On the Shadow Council (and how you decide who needs to be interviewed)

Whenever we bring this subject up with our clients, the tone can quickly become negative. "Yeah, X is an investor, but we don't think she should be involved for Y reason."

As we've already discussed, ignoring these people isn't an option. Over the years, we've found the best way to mitigate this issue is simply to listen to them. 

Sit down with them and involve them in the process. Make sure their voice is heard and that they feel heard. 

Don't assume that this person doesn't have any valuable insights to offer. (I would go as far as offering that they might even know something that you don't.)

If you (and your branding partner) treat everyone in the process with respect and dignity, your research will be more informed for it.

And this is critical for setting your rebrand up for success.

Around the Shop

CODO is presenting at the Vermont Craft Brewers Conference

Cody and I are honored to be presenting at the 1st annual Vermont Craft Brewers Conference this November. We'll be giving a guided overview on Brand Architecture and how you can use these concepts to extend your brewery's brand (via launching Fourth Category products, opening a new taproom, acquiring other breweries or brands, etc.).

If you'll be at the conference come say hi (please email me to let us know ahead of time).

Or, try to catch us drunkenly roaming the beautiful Vermont countryside visiting ~20 breweries, ~10 cideries and continuing our hunt for the best indie book store in America.

Sneak Peeks (works in progress)

Ready to learn more?

The Beyond Beer Handbook

Part book, part quiz, and part choose-your-own-adventure-style novel, The Beyond Beer Handbook is a purpose-built tool for helping you expand your brewery’s portfolio and build a more resilient business.

Craft Beer, Rebranded

Craft Beer, Rebranded and its companion Workbook are a step-by-step guide to map out a winning strategy ahead of your rebrand. Building on CODO’s decade of brewery branding experience, this book will help you weigh your brand equity, develop your brand strategy and breathe new life into your brewery’s brand.

Craft Beer Branding Guide

The Craft Beer Branding Guide outlines how to brand, position and launch a new brewery or beverage company. This is a must-read for any brewery in planning.

If you’re enjoying the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter, we’d love if you shared it with a friend or two.

You can send them here to sign up.

Want to work together?

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/organizing-your-brewery-team-for-a-rebrand/

Episode Summary

Cody and Isaac sit down to discuss timeless brands. What makes a brand timeless and what lessons can we can apply to new branding projects?

Episode Notes

Points of discussion:

1. How to future proof your brand. [BBT Newsletter]

2. Consistency, Relevancy and Advertising $$$ [BBT Newsletter]

3. A compelling point of view and immutable cultural relevance

4. What dragon are you slaying?

5. Cody rocks a grim reaper air freshener?

6. On simple, iconic marks (+ a limited color palette and consistent iconography)

7. And then spend hundreds of millions of dollars on advertising (easy peasy!)

Learn more at www.craftbeerrebranded.com

Have a topic or question you’d like us to field on the show? Shoot it our way: hello@cododesign.com

Join 5,500+ food and bev industry pros who are subscribed to the Beer Branding Trends Newsletter (and access all past issues) at: www.beerbrandingtrends.com

https://beerbrandingtrends.com/how-to-future-proof-your-brand-2/
*|MC:SUBJECT|*
VOL. 048